Table of Contents
- Preface
- Chapter 1 Using the CLI
- Chapter 2 User Interface
- Chapter 3 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands
- Chapter 4 MAC-based VLAN Commands
- Chapter 5 Protocol-based VLAN Commands
- Chapter 6 VLAN-VPN Commands
- Chapter 7 Voice VLAN Commands
- Chapter 8 Private VLAN Commands
- Chapter 9 GVRP Commands
- Chapter 10 Etherchannel Commands
- Chapter 11 User Manage Commands
- Chapter 12 Binding Table Commands
- ip source binding
- ip source binding index
- ip dhcp snooping
- ip dhcp snooping global
- ip dhcp snooping information option
- ip dhcp snooping information strategy
- ip dhcp snooping information remote-id
- ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id
- ip dhcp snooping trust
- ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
- ip dhcp snooping limit rate
- ip dhcp snooping decline
- show ip source binding
- show ip dhcp snooping
- show ip dhcp snooping information interface
- show ip dhcp snooping interface
- Chapter 13 ARP Inspection Commands
- Chapter 14 IP Verify Source Commands
- Chapter 15 DoS Defend Command
- Chapter 16 IEEE 802.1X Commands
- Chapter 17 PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion Commands
- Chapter 18 System Log Commands
- Chapter 19 SSH Commands
- Chapter 20 SSL Commands
- Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands
- mac address-table static
- mac address-table aging-time
- mac address-table filtering
- mac address-table max-mac-count
- show mac address-table
- show mac address-table aging-time
- show mac address-table max-mac-count interface
- show mac address-table interface
- show mac address-table count
- show mac address-table address
- show mac address-table vlan
- Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands
- system-time manual
- system-time ntp
- system-time dst predefined
- system-time dst date
- system-time dst recurring
- hostname
- location
- contact-info
- ip management-vlan
- ip address
- ip address-alloc dhcp
- ip address-alloc bootp
- reset
- reboot
- copy running-config startup-config
- copy startup-config tftp
- copy tftp startup-config
- firmware upgrade
- ping
- tracert
- loopback interface
- show system-time
- show system-time dst
- show system-time ntp
- show system-info
- show running-config
- show cable-diagnostics interface
- Chapter 23 IPv6 Address Configuration Commands
- Chapter 24 Ethernet Configuration Commands
- interface fastEthernet
- interface range fastEthernet
- interface gigabitEthernet
- interface range gigabitEthernet
- description
- shutdown
- flow-control
- media-type
- duplex
- speed
- storm-control broadcast
- storm-control multicast
- storm-control unicast
- bandwidth
- clear counters
- show interface status
- show interface counters
- show interface description
- show interface flowcontrol
- show interface configuration
- show storm-control
- show bandwidth
- Chapter 25 QoS Commands
- Chapter 26 Port Mirror Commands
- Chapter 27 Port isolation Commands
- Chapter 28 Loopback Detection Commands
- Chapter 29 DDM Commands
- Chapter 30 ACL Commands
- time-range
- absolute
- periodic
- holiday
- holiday(global)
- access-list create
- mac access-list
- access-list standard
- access-list extended
- access-list combined
- rule
- access-list policy name
- access-list policy action
- redirect interface
- redirect vlan
- s-condition
- s-mirror
- qos-remark
- access-list bind(interface)
- access-list bind(vlan)
- show time-range
- show holiday
- show access-list
- show access-list policy
- show access-list bind
- Chapter 31 MSTP Commands
- spanning-tree(global)
- spanning-tree(interface)
- spanning-tree common-config
- spanning-tree mode
- spanning-tree mst configuration
- instance
- name
- revision
- spanning-tree mst instance
- spanning-tree mst
- spanning-tree priority
- spanning-tree tc-defend
- spanning-tree timer
- spanning-tree hold-count
- spanning-tree max-hops
- spanning-tree bpdufilter
- spanning-tree bpduguard
- spanning-tree guard loop
- spanning-tree guard root
- spanning-tree guard tc
- spanning-tree mcheck
- show spanning-tree active
- show spanning-tree bridge
- show spanning-tree interface
- show spanning-tree interface-security
- show spanning-tree mst
- Chapter 32 Ethernet OAM Commands
- ethernet-oam
- ethernet-oam mode
- ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period
- ethernet-oam link-monitor frame
- ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period
- ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds
- ethernet-oam remote-failure
- ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote- loopback
- ethernet-oam remote-loopback
- clear ethernet-oam statistics
- clear ethernet-oam event-log
- show ethernet-oam configuration
- show ethernet-oam event-log
- show ethernet-oam statistics
- show ethernet-oam status
- Chapter 33 DLDP Commands
- Chapter 34 IGMP Snooping Commands
- ip igmp snooping(global)
- ip igmp snooping(interface)
- ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
- ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
- ip igmp snooping vlan-config
- ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config
- ip igmp snooping filter add-id
- ip igmp snooping filter(global)
- ip igmp snooping filter(interface)
- ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup
- ip igmp snooping filter mode
- ip igmp snooping querier vlan
- ip igmp snooping querier vlan (general query)
- ip igmp snooping querier vlan (specific query)
- ip igmp snooping authentication
- show ip igmp snooping
- show ip igmp snooping interface
- show ip igmp snooping vlan
- show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
- show ip igmp snooping groups
- show ip igmp snooping filter
- show ip igmp snooping querier vlan
- show ip igmp snooping querier
- show ip igmp snooping interface authentication
- Chapter 35 MLD Snooping Commands
- ipv6 mld snooping
- ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time
- ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time
- ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression
- ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter
- ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval
- ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count
- ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan
- ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan router-aging-time
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan member-aging-time
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan immediate-leave
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter
- ipv6 mld snooping vlan static
- ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan
- ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan max-response-time
- ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-interval
- ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-source
- ipv6 mld snooping filter(global)
- ipv6 mld snooping filter(interface)
- ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode
- ipv6 mld snooping filter-id
- ipv6 mld snooping max-group
- clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics
- show ipv6 mld snooping
- show ipv6 mld snooping vlan
- show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast
- show ipv6 mld snooping group
- show ipv6 mld snooping filter
- show ipv6 mld snooping interface
- show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter
- show ipv6 mld snooping querier
- show ipv6 mld snooping statistics
- Chapter 36 SNMP Commands
- snmp-server
- snmp-server view
- snmp-server group
- snmp-server user
- snmp-server community
- snmp-server host
- snmp-server engineID
- snmp-server traps snmp
- snmp-server traps security
- snmp-server traps link-status
- snmp-server traps
- snmp-server traps ddm
- snmp-server traps mac
- snmp-server traps vlan
- rmon history
- rmon event
- rmon alarm
- show snmp-server
- show snmp-server view
- show snmp-server group
- show snmp-server user
- show snmp-server community
- show snmp-server host
- show snmp-server engineID
- show rmon history
- show rmon event
- show rmon alarm
- Chapter 37 LLDP Commands
- Chapter 38 Cluster Commands
- Chapter 39 AAA Commands
- aaa enable
- tacacs-server host
- show tacacs-server
- radius-server host
- show radius-server
- aaa group
- server
- show aaa group
- aaa authentication login
- aaa authentication enable
- aaa authentication dot1x default
- aaa accounting dot1x default
- show aaa authentication
- show aaa accounting
- line console
- login authentication(console)
- enable authentication(console)
- line telnet
- login authentication(telnet)
- enable authentication(telnet)
- line ssh
- login authentication(ssh)
- enable authentication(ssh)
- ip http login authentication
- ip http enable authentication
- show aaa global
- Chapter 40 DHCP Relay Commands
TP-Link T2500-28TC (TL-SL5428E) User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for T2500-28TC (TL-SL5428E) by TP-Link which is a product in the Network Switches category. This manual has pages.
T2500-28TC (TL-SL5428E)
24-Port 10/100Mbps + 4-Port Gigabit
JetStream L2 Managed Switch
REV1.0.0
1910011797
I
COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKS
Specifications are subject to change without notice. is a registered trademark of
TP-LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Other brands and product names are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective holders.
No part of the specifications may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any
derivative such as translation, transformation, or adaptation without permission from TP-LINK
TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Copyright © 2016 TP-LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights
reserved.
http://www.tp-link.com
II
CONTENTS
Preface .............................................................................................................. 1
Chapter 1 Using the CLI ....................................................................................... 5
1.1 Accessing the CLI............................................................................................................. 5
1.1.1 Logon by a console port ...................................................................................... 5
1.1.2 Logon by Telnet ................................................................................................... 6
1.1.3 Logon by SSH ................................................................................................... 10
1.2 CLI Command Modes .................................................................................................... 15
1.3 Security Levels ............................................................................................................... 18
1.4 Conventions .................................................................................................................... 18
1.4.1 Format Conventions ............................................................................................. 18
1.4.2 Special Characters ............................................................................................... 18
1.4.3 Parameter Format ................................................................................................ 19
Chapter 2 User Interface .................................................................................... 20
enable ...................................................................................................................................... 20
enable password ..................................................................................................................... 20
disable ..................................................................................................................................... 21
configure .................................................................................................................................. 21
exit ........................................................................................................................................... 22
end........................................................................................................................................... 22
history ...................................................................................................................................... 23
history clear ............................................................................................................................. 23
Chapter 3 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands ........................................................ 24
vlan .......................................................................................................................................... 24
interface vlan ........................................................................................................................... 25
name ....................................................................................................................................... 25
switchport mode ...................................................................................................................... 26
switchport access vlan ............................................................................................................ 26
switchport trunk allowed vlan .................................................................................................. 27
switchport general allowed vlan .............................................................................................. 28
switchport pvid ........................................................................................................................ 28
show vlan summary ................................................................................................................ 29
show vlan brief ........................................................................................................................ 29
show vlan ................................................................................................................................ 30
III
Chapter 4 MAC-based VLAN Commands.......................................................... 31
mac-vlan mac-address ............................................................................................................ 31
mac-vlan .................................................................................................................................. 32
show mac-vlan ........................................................................................................................ 32
show mac-vlan interface ......................................................................................................... 33
Chapter 5 Protocol-based VLAN Commands ................................................... 34
protocol-vlan template ............................................................................................................. 34
protocol-vlan vlan .................................................................................................................... 35
protocol-vlan ............................................................................................................................ 35
show protocol-vlan template ................................................................................................... 36
show protocol-vlan vlan........................................................................................................... 36
show protocol-vlan interface ................................................................................................... 37
Chapter 6 VLAN-VPN Commands ...................................................................... 38
dot1q-tunnel ............................................................................................................................ 38
dot1q-tunnel tpid ..................................................................................................................... 38
dot1q-tunnel mapping ............................................................................................................. 39
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping ............................................................................................ 40
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink ...................................................................................... 40
show dot1q-tunnel ................................................................................................................... 41
show dot1q-tunnel mapping .................................................................................................... 41
show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface ..................................................................................... 42
show dot1q-tunnel uplink ........................................................................................................ 42
Chapter 7 Voice VLAN Commands .................................................................... 43
voice vlan ................................................................................................................................ 43
voice vlan aging time ............................................................................................................... 43
voice vlan priority .................................................................................................................... 44
voice vlan mac-address .......................................................................................................... 45
switchport voice vlan mode ..................................................................................................... 45
switchport voice vlan security ................................................................................................. 46
show voice vlan ....................................................................................................................... 47
show voice vlan oui ................................................................................................................. 47
show voice vlan switchport ..................................................................................................... 48
Chapter 8 Private VLAN Commands ................................................................. 49
private-vlan primary ................................................................................................................. 49
private-vlan community ........................................................................................................... 49
IV
private-vlan association........................................................................................................... 50
switchport private-vlan ............................................................................................................ 50
switchport private-vlan host-association ................................................................................. 51
switchport private-vlan mapping ............................................................................................. 52
show vlan private-vlan............................................................................................................. 53
Chapter 9 GVRP Commands .............................................................................. 54
gvrp.......................................................................................................................................... 54
gvrp (interface) ........................................................................................................................ 54
gvrp registration ...................................................................................................................... 55
gvrp timer ................................................................................................................................ 56
show gvrp global ..................................................................................................................... 57
show gvrp interface ................................................................................................................. 57
Chapter 10 Etherchannel Commands ................................................................. 58
channel-group ......................................................................................................................... 58
port-channel load-balance ...................................................................................................... 59
lacp system-priority ................................................................................................................. 59
lacp port-priority ...................................................................................................................... 60
show etherchannel .................................................................................................................. 60
show etherchannel load-balance ............................................................................................ 61
show lacp ................................................................................................................................ 61
show lacp sys-id ...................................................................................................................... 62
Chapter 11 User Manage Commands .................................................................. 63
user name ............................................................................................................................... 63
user access-control ip-based .................................................................................................. 64
user access-control mac-based .............................................................................................. 64
user access-control port-based............................................................................................... 65
user max-number .................................................................................................................... 66
user idle-timeout ...................................................................................................................... 66
line ........................................................................................................................................... 67
password ................................................................................................................................. 68
login ......................................................................................................................................... 69
login local ................................................................................................................................ 69
show user account-list............................................................................................................. 70
show user configuration .......................................................................................................... 70
Chapter 12 Binding Table Commands................................................................. 71
V
ip source binding ..................................................................................................................... 71
ip source binding index ........................................................................................................... 72
ip dhcp snooping ..................................................................................................................... 73
ip dhcp snooping global .......................................................................................................... 73
ip dhcp snooping information option ....................................................................................... 74
ip dhcp snooping information strategy .................................................................................... 75
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id .................................................................................. 76
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id ................................................................................... 76
ip dhcp snooping trust ............................................................................................................. 77
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify ................................................................................................... 78
ip dhcp snooping limit rate ...................................................................................................... 78
ip dhcp snooping decline ........................................................................................................ 79
show ip source binding............................................................................................................ 79
show ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................ 80
show ip dhcp snooping information interface ......................................................................... 80
show ip dhcp snooping interface............................................................................................. 81
Chapter 13 ARP Inspection Commands .............................................................. 82
ip arp inspection(global) .......................................................................................................... 82
ip arp inspection trust .............................................................................................................. 82
ip arp inspection(interface) ...................................................................................................... 83
ip arp inspection limit-rate ....................................................................................................... 84
ip arp inspection recover ......................................................................................................... 84
show ip arp inspection............................................................................................................. 85
show ip arp inspection interface.............................................................................................. 85
show ip arp inspection statistics .............................................................................................. 86
clear ip arp inspection statistics .............................................................................................. 86
Chapter 14 IP Verify Source Commands ............................................................. 87
ip verify source ........................................................................................................................ 87
show ip verify source ............................................................................................................... 88
Chapter 15 DoS Defend Command ...................................................................... 89
ip dos-prevent ......................................................................................................................... 89
ip dos-prevent ping-rate .......................................................................................................... 89
ip dos-prevent syn-rate ........................................................................................................... 90
ip dos-prevent type .................................................................................................................. 91
ip dos-prevent detect ............................................................................................................... 92
clear ip dos-prevent detect statistics ....................................................................................... 92
VI
show ip dos-prevent ................................................................................................................ 93
Chapter 16 IEEE 802.1X Commands ................................................................... 94
dot1x system-auth-control ....................................................................................................... 94
dot1x auth-method .................................................................................................................. 95
dot1x guest-vlan(global) .......................................................................................................... 95
dot1x accounting ..................................................................................................................... 96
dot1x quiet-period ................................................................................................................... 97
dot1x timeout ........................................................................................................................... 97
dot1x max-reauth-req .............................................................................................................. 98
dot1x ........................................................................................................................................ 98
dot1x guest-vlan(interface) ..................................................................................................... 99
dot1x port-control .................................................................................................................. 100
dot1x port-method ................................................................................................................. 100
show dot1x global ................................................................................................................. 101
show dot1x interface ............................................................................................................. 102
Chapter 17 PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion Commands ......................................... 103
pppoe circuit-id(global) .......................................................................................................... 103
pppoe circuit-id(interface) ..................................................................................................... 103
pppoe circuit-id type .............................................................................................................. 104
show pppoe circuit-id global .................................................................................................. 105
show pppoe circuit-id interface ............................................................................................. 105
Chapter 18 System Log Commands .................................................................. 107
logging buffer ......................................................................................................................... 107
logging file flash .................................................................................................................... 108
logging file flash frequency ................................................................................................... 108
logging file flash level ............................................................................................................ 109
clear logging ........................................................................................................................... 110
logging host index .................................................................................................................. 110
show logging local-config ....................................................................................................... 111
show logging loghost .............................................................................................................. 111
show logging buffer ................................................................................................................ 112
show logging flash .................................................................................................................. 112
Chapter 19 SSH Commands................................................................................ 114
ip ssh server ........................................................................................................................... 114
ip ssh version ......................................................................................................................... 114
VII
ip ssh timeout ......................................................................................................................... 115
ip ssh max-client .................................................................................................................... 115
ip ssh download ..................................................................................................................... 116
show ip ssh ............................................................................................................................. 117
Chapter 20 SSL Commands ................................................................................ 118
ip http secure-server .............................................................................................................. 118
ip http secure-server download certificate ............................................................................. 118
ip http secure-server download key ....................................................................................... 119
show ip http secure-server .................................................................................................... 120
Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands ............................................................... 121
mac address-table static ....................................................................................................... 121
mac address-table aging-time ............................................................................................... 122
mac address-table filtering .................................................................................................... 122
mac address-table max-mac-count....................................................................................... 123
show mac address-table ....................................................................................................... 124
show mac address-table aging-time ..................................................................................... 125
show mac address-table max-mac-count interface .............................................................. 125
show mac address-table interface ........................................................................................ 126
show mac address-table count ............................................................................................. 126
show mac address-table address ......................................................................................... 126
show mac address-table vlan ............................................................................................... 127
Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands ................................................. 128
system-time manual .............................................................................................................. 128
system-time ntp ..................................................................................................................... 128
system-time dst predefined ................................................................................................... 130
system-time dst date ............................................................................................................. 131
system-time dst recurring ...................................................................................................... 132
hostname ............................................................................................................................... 133
location .................................................................................................................................. 133
contact-info ............................................................................................................................ 134
ip management-vlan .............................................................................................................. 134
ip address .............................................................................................................................. 135
ip address-alloc dhcp ............................................................................................................ 135
ip address-alloc bootp ........................................................................................................... 136
reset ...................................................................................................................................... 136
reboot .................................................................................................................................... 137
VIII
copy running-config startup-config ........................................................................................ 137
copy startup-config tftp .......................................................................................................... 138
copy tftp startup-config .......................................................................................................... 138
firmware upgrade .................................................................................................................. 139
ping ........................................................................................................................................ 140
tracert .................................................................................................................................... 141
loopback interface ................................................................................................................. 142
show system-time ................................................................................................................. 142
show system-time dst ............................................................................................................ 143
show system-time ntp ........................................................................................................... 143
show system-info .................................................................................................................. 143
show running-config .............................................................................................................. 144
show cable-diagnostics interface .......................................................................................... 144
Chapter 23 IPv6 Address Configuration Commands ....................................... 146
ipv6 enable ............................................................................................................................ 146
ipv6 address autoconfig ........................................................................................................ 146
ipv6 address link-local ........................................................................................................... 147
ipv6 address dhcp ................................................................................................................. 148
ipv6 address ra ...................................................................................................................... 148
ipv6 address eui-64 ............................................................................................................... 149
ipv6 address .......................................................................................................................... 149
show ipv6 interface vlan ........................................................................................................ 150
Chapter 24 Ethernet Configuration Commands ............................................... 151
interface fastEthernet ............................................................................................................ 151
interface range fastEthernet .................................................................................................. 151
interface gigabitEthernet ....................................................................................................... 152
interface range gigabitEthernet ............................................................................................. 152
description ............................................................................................................................. 153
shutdown ............................................................................................................................... 154
flow-control ............................................................................................................................ 154
media-type ............................................................................................................................. 155
duplex .................................................................................................................................... 155
speed ..................................................................................................................................... 156
storm-control broadcast ........................................................................................................ 156
storm-control multicast .......................................................................................................... 157
storm-control unicast ............................................................................................................. 158
IX
bandwidth .............................................................................................................................. 158
clear counters ........................................................................................................................ 159
show interface status ............................................................................................................ 159
show interface counters ........................................................................................................ 160
show interface description .................................................................................................... 161
show interface flowcontrol ..................................................................................................... 161
show interface configuration ................................................................................................. 162
show storm-control ................................................................................................................ 162
show bandwidth..................................................................................................................... 163
Chapter 25 QoS Commands............................................................................... 164
qos ......................................................................................................................................... 164
qos cos .................................................................................................................................. 164
qos dscp ................................................................................................................................ 165
qos queue cos-map ............................................................................................................... 166
qos queue dscp-map ............................................................................................................. 166
qos queue mode ................................................................................................................... 167
show qos interface ................................................................................................................ 168
show qos cos-map ................................................................................................................ 169
show qos dscp-map .............................................................................................................. 169
show qos queue mode .......................................................................................................... 170
show qos status..................................................................................................................... 170
Chapter 26 Port Mirror Commands ................................................................... 171
monitor session destination interface ................................................................................... 171
monitor session source interface .......................................................................................... 172
show monitor session ............................................................................................................ 173
Chapter 27 Port isolation Commands ............................................................... 174
port isolation .......................................................................................................................... 174
show port isolation ................................................................................................................ 175
Chapter 28 Loopback Detection Commands .................................................... 176
loopback-detection(global) .................................................................................................... 176
loopback-detection interval ................................................................................................... 176
loopback-detection recovery-time ......................................................................................... 177
loopback-detection(interface) ................................................................................................ 177
loopback-detection config ..................................................................................................... 178
loopback-detection recover ................................................................................................... 179
X
show loopback-detection global ............................................................................................ 179
show loopback-detection interface ....................................................................................... 180
Chapter 29 DDM Commands .............................................................................. 181
ddm state enable ................................................................................................................... 181
ddm shutdown ....................................................................................................................... 181
ddm temperature_threshold .................................................................................................. 182
ddm voltage_threshold .......................................................................................................... 183
ddm bias_current_threshold ................................................................................................. 184
ddm tx_power_threshold ....................................................................................................... 185
ddm rx_power_threshold ...................................................................................................... 186
show ddm configuration ........................................................................................................ 187
show ddm status ................................................................................................................... 188
Chapter 30 ACL Commands ............................................................................... 189
time-range ............................................................................................................................. 189
absolute ................................................................................................................................. 189
periodic .................................................................................................................................. 190
holiday ................................................................................................................................... 191
holiday(global) ....................................................................................................................... 191
access-list create .................................................................................................................. 192
mac access-list ...................................................................................................................... 192
access-list standard .............................................................................................................. 193
access-list extended .............................................................................................................. 194
access-list combined ............................................................................................................. 195
rule......................................................................................................................................... 197
access-list policy name ......................................................................................................... 198
access-list policy action......................................................................................................... 199
redirect interface ................................................................................................................... 199
redirect vlan ........................................................................................................................... 200
s-condition ............................................................................................................................. 200
s-mirror .................................................................................................................................. 201
qos-remark ............................................................................................................................ 201
access-list bind(interface) ..................................................................................................... 202
access-list bind(vlan) ............................................................................................................. 203
show time-range .................................................................................................................... 203
show holiday.......................................................................................................................... 203
show access-list .................................................................................................................... 204
XI
show access-list policy .......................................................................................................... 204
show access-list bind ............................................................................................................ 205
Chapter 31 MSTP Commands ............................................................................ 206
spanning-tree(global) ............................................................................................................ 206
spanning-tree(interface) ........................................................................................................ 206
spanning-tree common-config .............................................................................................. 207
spanning-tree mode .............................................................................................................. 208
spanning-tree mst configuration ............................................................................................ 209
instance ................................................................................................................................. 209
name ..................................................................................................................................... 210
revision .................................................................................................................................. 210
spanning-tree mst instance .................................................................................................... 211
spanning-tree mst ................................................................................................................. 212
spanning-tree priority ............................................................................................................ 212
spanning-tree tc-defend ........................................................................................................ 213
spanning-tree timer ............................................................................................................... 214
spanning-tree hold-count ...................................................................................................... 214
spanning-tree max-hops ....................................................................................................... 215
spanning-tree bpdufilter ........................................................................................................ 216
spanning-tree bpduguard ...................................................................................................... 216
spanning-tree guard loop ...................................................................................................... 217
spanning-tree guard root ....................................................................................................... 217
spanning-tree guard tc .......................................................................................................... 218
spanning-tree mcheck ........................................................................................................... 218
show spanning-tree active .................................................................................................... 219
show spanning-tree bridge .................................................................................................... 219
show spanning-tree interface ................................................................................................ 220
show spanning-tree interface-security .................................................................................. 220
show spanning-tree mst ........................................................................................................ 221
Chapter 32 Ethernet OAM Commands .............................................................. 223
ethernet-oam ......................................................................................................................... 223
ethernet-oam mode ............................................................................................................... 223
ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period ............................................................................. 224
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame ........................................................................................... 225
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period ............................................................................... 226
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds ............................................................................ 227
XII
ethernet-oam remote-failure ................................................................................................. 228
ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote- loopback................................................. 229
ethernet-oam remote-loopback ............................................................................................. 230
clear ethernet-oam statistics ................................................................................................. 230
clear ethernet-oam event-log ................................................................................................ 231
show ethernet-oam configuration ......................................................................................... 232
show ethernet-oam event-log ............................................................................................... 232
show ethernet-oam statistics ................................................................................................ 233
show ethernet-oam status ..................................................................................................... 233
Chapter 33 DLDP Commands ............................................................................ 235
dldp(global) ............................................................................................................................ 235
dldp interval ........................................................................................................................... 235
dldp shut-mode...................................................................................................................... 236
dldp reset(global) .................................................................................................................. 236
dldp(interface) ....................................................................................................................... 237
dldp reset(interface) .............................................................................................................. 237
show dldp .............................................................................................................................. 238
show dldp interface ............................................................................................................... 238
Chapter 34 IGMP Snooping Commands ........................................................... 240
ip igmp snooping(global) ....................................................................................................... 240
ip igmp snooping(interface) ................................................................................................... 240
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave ....................................................................................... 241
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown ........................................................................................... 241
ip igmp snooping vlan-config ................................................................................................ 242
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config ....................................................................................... 243
ip igmp snooping filter add-id ................................................................................................ 244
ip igmp snooping filter(global) ............................................................................................... 245
ip igmp snooping filter(interface) ........................................................................................... 245
ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup .......................................................................................... 246
ip igmp snooping filter mode ................................................................................................. 246
ip igmp snooping querier vlan ............................................................................................... 247
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (general query) ..................................................................... 248
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (specific query) ..................................................................... 249
ip igmp snooping authentication ........................................................................................... 250
show ip igmp snooping.......................................................................................................... 250
show ip igmp snooping interface........................................................................................... 251
XIII
show ip igmp snooping vlan .................................................................................................. 251
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan ......................................................................................... 252
show ip igmp snooping groups ............................................................................................. 252
show ip igmp snooping filter .................................................................................................. 253
show ip igmp snooping querier vlan ..................................................................................... 254
show ip igmp snooping querier ............................................................................................. 254
show ip igmp snooping interface authentication ................................................................... 254
Chapter 35 MLD Snooping Commands ............................................................. 256
ipv6 mld snooping ................................................................................................................. 256
ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time .................................................................................... 256
ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time ................................................................................. 257
ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression .................................................................................. 257
ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter.......................................................................................... 258
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval ........................................................................ 258
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count ......................................................................... 259
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan .......................................................................................... 259
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id .............................................................................. 260
ipv6 mld snooping vlan.......................................................................................................... 260
ipv6 mld snooping vlan router-aging-time ............................................................................. 261
ipv6 mld snooping vlan member-aging-time ......................................................................... 261
ipv6 mld snooping vlan immediate-leave .............................................................................. 262
ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter ............................................................................................ 262
ipv6 mld snooping vlan static ................................................................................................ 263
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan ............................................................................................. 263
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan max-response-time ............................................................. 264
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-interval ...................................................................... 265
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-source ....................................................................... 265
ipv6 mld snooping filter(global) ............................................................................................. 266
ipv6 mld snooping filter(interface) ......................................................................................... 266
ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode ............................................................................................... 267
ipv6 mld snooping filter-id ..................................................................................................... 267
ipv6 mld snooping max-group ............................................................................................... 268
clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics ......................................................................................... 268
show ipv6 mld snooping ........................................................................................................ 269
show ipv6 mld snooping vlan ................................................................................................ 269
show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast ................................................................................... 270
show ipv6 mld snooping group ............................................................................................. 270
XIV
show ipv6 mld snooping filter ................................................................................................ 271
show ipv6 mld snooping interface ......................................................................................... 271
show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter ................................................................................. 271
show ipv6 mld snooping querier ........................................................................................... 272
show ipv6 mld snooping statistics ......................................................................................... 272
Chapter 36 SNMP Commands ............................................................................ 274
snmp-server .......................................................................................................................... 274
snmp-server view .................................................................................................................. 274
snmp-server group ................................................................................................................ 275
snmp-server user .................................................................................................................. 276
snmp-server community ........................................................................................................ 278
snmp-server host .................................................................................................................. 279
snmp-server engineID ........................................................................................................... 280
snmp-server traps snmp ....................................................................................................... 281
snmp-server traps security .................................................................................................... 282
snmp-server traps link-status ................................................................................................ 283
snmp-server traps ................................................................................................................. 283
snmp-server traps ddm ......................................................................................................... 284
snmp-server traps mac ......................................................................................................... 285
snmp-server traps vlan .......................................................................................................... 286
rmon history ........................................................................................................................... 287
rmon event ............................................................................................................................ 288
rmon alarm ............................................................................................................................ 289
show snmp-server ................................................................................................................. 291
show snmp-server view......................................................................................................... 291
show snmp-server group ...................................................................................................... 291
show snmp-server user ......................................................................................................... 292
show snmp-server community .............................................................................................. 292
show snmp-server host ......................................................................................................... 293
show snmp-server engineID ................................................................................................. 293
show rmon history ................................................................................................................. 293
show rmon event ................................................................................................................... 294
show rmon alarm ................................................................................................................... 294
Chapter 37 LLDP Commands ............................................................................. 296
lldp ......................................................................................................................................... 296
lldp hold-multiplier ................................................................................................................. 296
XV
lldp timer ................................................................................................................................ 297
lldp receive ............................................................................................................................ 298
lldp transmit ........................................................................................................................... 298
lldp snmp-trap ........................................................................................................................ 299
lldp tlv-select .......................................................................................................................... 300
lldp med-fast-count ................................................................................................................ 300
lldp med-status ...................................................................................................................... 301
lldp med-tlv-select ................................................................................................................. 301
lldp med-location ................................................................................................................... 302
show lldp ............................................................................................................................... 303
show lldp interface ................................................................................................................ 303
show lldp local-information interface ..................................................................................... 304
show lldp neighbor-information interface .............................................................................. 304
show lldp traffic interface ....................................................................................................... 305
Chapter 38 Cluster Commands .......................................................................... 306
cluster ndp ............................................................................................................................. 306
cluster ntdp ............................................................................................................................ 307
cluster explore ....................................................................................................................... 308
cluster .................................................................................................................................... 308
cluster ip pool ........................................................................................................................ 309
cluster commander ................................................................................................................ 309
cluster manage ...................................................................................................................... 310
cluster member ..................................................................................................................... 310
cluster candidate .................................................................................................................... 311
cluster individual ..................................................................................................................... 311
show cluster ndp ................................................................................................................... 312
show cluster ntdp .................................................................................................................. 312
show cluster .......................................................................................................................... 313
show cluster member ............................................................................................................ 313
show cluster manage role ..................................................................................................... 314
show cluster neighbor ........................................................................................................... 314
Chapter 39 AAA Commands .............................................................................. 315
aaa enable ............................................................................................................................. 315
tacacs-server host ................................................................................................................. 316
show tacacs-server ............................................................................................................... 317
radius-server host ................................................................................................................. 317
XVI
show radius-server ................................................................................................................ 318
aaa group .............................................................................................................................. 319
server .................................................................................................................................... 320
show aaa group ..................................................................................................................... 320
aaa authentication login ........................................................................................................ 321
aaa authentication enable ..................................................................................................... 322
aaa authentication dot1x default ........................................................................................... 323
aaa accounting dot1x default ................................................................................................ 323
show aaa authentication ....................................................................................................... 324
show aaa accounting ............................................................................................................ 324
line console ........................................................................................................................... 325
login authentication(console) ................................................................................................ 325
enable authentication(console) ............................................................................................. 326
line telnet ............................................................................................................................... 327
login authentication(telnet) .................................................................................................... 327
enable authentication(telnet) ................................................................................................. 328
line ssh .................................................................................................................................. 328
login authentication(ssh) ....................................................................................................... 329
enable authentication(ssh) .................................................................................................... 329
ip http login authentication .................................................................................................... 330
ip http enable authentication ................................................................................................. 331
show aaa global .................................................................................................................... 331
Chapter 40 DHCP Relay Commands ................................................................. 332
ip dhcp relay .......................................................................................................................... 332
ip dhcp relay helper-address ................................................................................................. 332
ip dhcp relay information option ............................................................................................ 333
ip dhcp relay information strategy ......................................................................................... 333
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id ........................................................................................ 334
ip dhcp relay information remote-id ...................................................................................... 334
show ip dhcp relay ................................................................................................................ 335
show ip dhcp relay helper-address ....................................................................................... 335
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
1
Preface
This Guide is intended for network administrator to provide referenced information about CLI
(Command Line Interface). The device mentioned in this Guide stands for T2500-28TC 24-Port
10/100Mbps + 4-Port Gigabit JetStream L2 Managed Switch.
When using this guide, please notice that features of the switch may vary slightly depending on the
model and software version you have, and on your location, language, and Internet service
provider. All parameters and descriptions documented in this guide are used for demonstration
only.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made
in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind,
express or implied. Users must take full responsibility for their application of any products.
Overview of this Guide
Chapter 1: Using the CLI
Provide information about how to use the CLI, CLI Command Modes, Security Levels and some
Conventions.
Chapter 2: User Interface
Provide information about the commands used to switch between five CLI Command Modes.
Chapter 3: IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
Chapter 4: MAC-based VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring MAC-Based VLAN.
Chapter 5: Protocol-based VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Protocol-based VLAN.
Chapter 6: VLAN-VPN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring VLAN-VPN (Virtual Private Network)
function.
Chapter 7: Voice VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Voice VLAN.
Chapter 8: Private VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Private VLAN.
Chapter 9: GVRP Commands
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
2
Provide information about the commands used for configuring GVRP (GARP VLAN registration
protocol).
Chapter 10: EtherChannel Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring LAG (Link Aggregation Group) and
LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol).
Chapter 11: User Manage Commands
Provide information about the commands used for user management.
Chapter 12: Binding Table Commands
Provide information about the commands used for binding the IP address, MAC address, VLAN
and the connected Port number of the Host together. Besides it also provide information about the
commands used for monitoring the process of the Host obtaining the IP address from DHCP
server, and record the IP address, MAC address, VLAN and the connected Port number of the
Host for automatic binding.
Chapter 13: ARP Inspection Commands
Provide information about the commands used for protecting the switch from the ARP cheating or
ARP Attack.
Chapter 14: IP Verify Source Commands
Provide information about the commands used for guarding the IP Source by filtering the IP
packets based on the IP-MAC Binding entries.
Chapter 15: DoS Defend Command
Provide information about the commands used for DoS defend and detecting the DoS attack.
Chapter 16: IEEE 802.1X Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802.1X function.
Chapter 17: PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring PPPoE Circuit-ID function.
Chapter 18: System Log Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring system log.
Chapter 19: SSH Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSH (Security
Shell).
Chapter 20: SSL Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSL (Secure
Sockets Layer).
Chapter 21: MAC Address Commands
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
3
Provide information about the commands used for MAC address configuration.
Chapter 22: System Configuration Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the System information and System
IP, reboot and reset the switch, upgrade the switch system and commands used for device
diagnose, including loopback test and cable test.
Chapter 23: IPv6 Address Configuration Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the System IPv6 addresses.
Chapter 24: Ethernet Configuration Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Bandwidth Control, Negotiation
Mode, and Storm Control for ethernet ports.
Chapter 25: QoS Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the QoS function.
Chapter 26: Port Mirror Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Port Mirror function.
Chapter 27: Port isolation Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Port isolation function.
Chapter 28: Loopback Detection Commands
Provide information about the commands used for loopback detection.
Chapter 29: DDM Commands
Provide information about the commands used for DDM (Digtal Diagnostic Monitoring) function.
Chapter 30: ACL Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the ACL (Access Control List).
Chapter 31: MSTP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree
Protocol).
Chapter 32: Ethernet OAM Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Ethernet OAM (Operation,
Administration, and Maintenance) function.
Chapter 33: DLDP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the DLDP (Device Link Detection
Protocol).
Chapter 34: IGMP Snooping Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the IGMP Snooping (Internet Group
Management Protocol Snooping).
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
4
Chapter 35: MLD Snooping Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the MLD Snooping (Multicast
Listener Discovery Snooping).
Chapter 36: SNMP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol) functions.
Chapter 37: LLDP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the LLDP functions.
Chapter 38: Cluster Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Cluster Management function.
Chapter 39: AAA Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the AAA function.
Chapter 40: DHCP Relay Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the DHCP Relay function.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
5
Chapter 1 Using the CLI
1.1 Accessing the CLI
You can log on to the switch and access the CLI by the following three methods:
1. Log on to the switch by the console port on the switch.
2. Log on to the switch remotely by a Telnet connection through an Ethernet port.
3. Log on to the switch remotely by an SSH connection through an Ethernet port.
1.1.1 Logon by a console port
Take the following steps to log on to the switch by the console port.
1. Connect the PCs or Terminals to the console port on the switch by the provided cable.
2. Start the terminal emulation program (such as the HyperTerminal) on the PC.
3. Configure the terminal emulation program or the terminal to use the following settings:
Baud rate: 38400 bps
Data bits: 8
Parity: none
Stop bits: 1
Flow control: none
4. The DOS prompt “T2500-28TC>” will appear after pressing the Enter button as shown in
Figure 1-1. It indicates that you can use the CLI now.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
6
Figure 1-1 Log in the Switch
1.1.2 Logon by Telnet
For Telnet connection, you should also configure the Telnet login mode and login authentication
information through console connection.
Telnet login has the following two modes. You can choose one according to your needs:
Login local Mode: It requires username and password, which are both admin by default.
Login Mode: It doesn’t require username and password, but a connection password is required.
Before Telnet login, you are required to configure Telnet login mode and login authentication
information through console connection.
Login Local Mode
Firstly, configure the Telnet login mode as “login local” in the prompted DOS screen shown in
Figure 1-2.
Figure 1-2 Configure login local mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
7
Now, you can logon by Telnet in login local mode.
1. Make sure the switch and the PC are in the same LAN. Click Start and type in cmd in the
Search programs and files window and press the Enter button.
Figure 1-3 Run Window
2. Type telnet 192.168.0.1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1-4, and press the Enter
button.
Figure 1-4 Connecting to the Switch
3. Type the default user name and password (both of them are admin), then press the Enter
button so as to enter User EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-5 Enter into the User EXEC Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
8
4. Type enable command to enter Privileged EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-6 Enter into the Priviledged EXEC Mode
Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection.
Login Mode
Firstly configure the Telnet login mode as “login” and the connection password as 456 in the
prompted DOS screen shown in Figure 1-7.
Figure 1-7 Configure login mode
Now, you can logon by Telnet in login mode:
1. Make sure the switch and the PC are in the same LAN. Click Start and type in cmd in the
Search programs and files window and press the Enter button.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
9
Figure 1-8 Run Window
2. Type telnet 192.168.0.1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1-9, and press the Enter
button.
Figure 1-9 Connecting to the Switch
3. You are prompted to enter the connection password 456 you have set through Console port
connection, and then you are in User EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-10 Enter into the User EXEC Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
10
4. Type enable command to enter Privileged EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-11 Enter into the Privileged EXEC Mode
Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection.
Note:
You can refer to Chapter 11 User Management Commands for detailed commands information
of the Telnet connection configuration.
1.1.3 Logon by SSH
To log on by SSH, a Putty client software is recommended. There are two authentication modes to
set up an SSH connection:
Password Authentication Mode: It requires username and password, which are both admin by
default.
Key Authentication Mode: It requires a public key for the switch and a private key for the SSH
client software. You can generate the public key and the private key through Putty Key Generator.
Note:
Before SSH login, please follow the steps shown in Figure 1-12 to enable the SSH function
through Telnet connection.
Figure 1-12 Enable SSH function
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
11
Password Authentication Mode
1. Open the software to log on to the interface of PuTTY. Enter the IP address of the switch into
Host Name field; keep the default value 22 in the Port field; select SSH as the Connection
type.
Figure 1-13 SSH Connection Config
2. Click the Open button in the above figure to log on to the switch. Enter the login user name
and password to log on the switch, and then enter enable to enter Privileged EXEC Mode, so
you can continue to configure the switch.
Figure 1-14 Log on the Switch
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
12
Key Authentication Mode
1. Select the key type and key length, and generate SSH key.
Figure 1-15 Generate SSH Key
Note:
1. The key length is in the range of 512 to 3072 bits.
2. During the key generation, randomly moving the mouse quickly can accelerate the key
generation.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
13
2. After the key is successfully generated, please save the public key to a TFTP server and save
the private key on the local host.
Figure 1-16 Save the Generated Key
3. Log on to the switch by Telnet and download the public key file from the TFTP server to the
switch, as the following figure shows:
Figure 1-17 Download the Public Key
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
14
Note:
1. The key type should accord with the type of the key file.
2. The SSH key downloading can not be interrupted.
4. After the public key is downloaded, please log on to the interface of PuTTY and enter the IP
address for login.
Figure 1-18 SSH Connection Config
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
15
5. Click Browse to download the private key file to SSH client software and click Open.
Figure 1-19 Download the Private Key
6. After successful authentication, please enter the login user name. If you log on to the switch
without entering password, it indicates that the key has been successfully downloaded.
Figure 1-20 Log on the Switch
1.2 CLI Command Modes
The CLI is divided into different command modes: User EXEC Mode, Privileged EXEC Mode,
Global Configuration Mode, Interface Configuration Mode and VLAN Database (VLAN
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
16
Configuration Mode). Interface Configuration Mode can also be divided into Interface fastEthernet,
Interface gigabitEthernet, Interface link-aggregation and some other modes, which is shown as the
following diagram.
The following table gives detailed information about the Accessing path, Prompt of each mode and
how to exit the current mode and access the next mode.
Mode Accessing Path Prompt Logout or Access the next mode
User EXEC
Mode
Primary mode once it is
connected with the
switch.
T2500-28TC>
Use the exit command to disconnect the
switch (except that the switch is
connected through the Console port).
Use the enable command to access
Privileged EXEC mode.
Privileged
EXEC Mode
Use the enable
command to enter this
mode from User EXEC
mode.
T2500-28TC #
Enter the disable or the exit
command to
return to User EXEC mode.
Enter configure command to access
Global Configuration mode.
Global
Configuration
Mode
Use the configure
command to enter this
mode from Privileged
EXEC mode.
T2500-28TC(config)#
Use the exit or the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Use the interface fastEthernet/
gigabitEthernet port or interface range
fastEthernet/gigabitEthernet port-list
command to access interface
Configuration mode.
Use the vlan vlan-list to access VLAN
Configuration mode.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
17
Mode Accessing Path Prompt Logout or Access the next mode
Interface
Configuration
Mode
Use the interface
fastEthernet/gigabitEth
ernet port or interface
range fastEthernet/
gigabitEthernet port-list
command to enter this
mode from Global
Configuration mode.
T2500-28TC(config-if)#
T2500-28TC(config-if-
range)#
Use the end command or press Ctrl+Z
to
return to Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter exit or # command to return to
Global Configuration mode.
A port number must be specified in the
interface command.
VLAN
Configuration
Mode
Use the vlan vlan-list
command to enter this
mode from Global
Configuration mode.
T2500-28TC(config-
vlan)#
Use the end command or press Ctrl+Z
to
return to Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or # command to return to
Global configuration mode.
Note:
1. The user is automatically in User EXEC Mode after the connection between the PC and the
switch is established by a console port or by a telnet connection.
2. Each command mode has its own set of specific commands. To configure some commands,
you should access the corresponding command mode firstly.
Global Configuration Mode: In this mode, global commands are provided, such as the
Spanning Tree, Schedule Mode and so on.
Interface Configuration Mode: In this mode, users can configure one or several ports.
Different ports correspond to different commands
a). Interface fastEthernet/gigabitEthernet: Configure parameters for a Fast/Gigabit
Ethernet port, such as Duplex-mode, flow control status.
b). Interface range fastEthernet/gigabitEthernet: Configure parameters for several
Ethernet ports.
c). Interface link-aggregation: Configure parameters for a link-aggregation, such as
broadcast storm.
d). Interface range link-aggregation: Configure parameters for multi-trunks.
e). Interface vlan: Configure parameters for the vlan-port.
Vlan Configuration Mode: In this mode, users can create a VLAN and add a specified
port to the VLAN.
3. Some commands are global, that means they can be performed in all modes:
show: Displays all information of switch, for example: statistic information, port
information, VLAN information.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
18
1.3 Security Levels
This switch’s security is divided into two levels: User level and Admin level.
User level only allows users to do some simple operations in User EXEC Mode; Admin level
allows you to monitor, configure and manage the switch in Privileged EXEC Mode, Global
Configuration Mode, Interface Configuration Mode and VLAN Configuration Mode.
Users get the privilege to the User level once logging in by Telnet/SSH. However, Guest users are
restricted to access the CLI.
Users can enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode by using the enable command. In
default case, no password is needed. In Global Configuration Mode, you can configure password
for Admin level by enable password command. Once password is configured, you are required to
enter it to access Privileged EXEC mode.
1.4 Conventions
1.4.1 Format Conventions
The following conventions are used in this Guide:
Items in square brackets [ ] are optional
Items in braces { } are required
Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. For example: speed
{10 | 100 | 1000 }
Bold indicates an unalterable keyword. For example: show logging
Normal Font indicates a constant (several options are enumerated and only one can be
selected). For example: switchport type { access | trunk | general }
Italic Font indicates a variable (an actual value must be assigned). For example: bridge
aging-time aging-time
1.4.2 Special Characters
You should pay attentions to the description below if the variable is a character string:
These six characters ” < > , \ & can not be input.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
19
If a blank is contained in a character string, single or double quotation marks should be used,
for example ’hello world’, ”hello world”, and the words in the quotation marks will be identified
as a string. Otherwise, the words will be identified as several strings.
1.4.3 Parameter Format
Some parameters must be entered in special formats which are shown as follows:
MAC address must be enter in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
One or several values can be typed for a port-list or a vlan-list using comma to separate. Use
a hyphen to designate a range of values, for instance, 1,3-5,7 indicates choosing 1, 3, 4, 5,
and 7.
The port number must enter in the format of 1/0/3, meaning unit/slot/port. The unit number is
always 1, and slot number is always 0 and the port number is a variable (an actual value must
be assigned).
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
20
Chapter 2 User Interface
enable
Description
The enable command is used to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User
EXEC Mode.
Syntax
enable
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode
Example
If you have set the password to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC
Mode:
T2500-28TC>enable
Enter password
：
T2500-28TC#
enable password
Description
The enable password command is used to set the password for users to
access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode. To return to the default
configuration, please use no enable password command.
Syntax
enable password password [secret {simple | cipher} ]
no enable password
Parameter
password —— super password ，which contains 31 characters at most,
composing digits, English letters and underdashes only. By default, it is empty.
simple | cipher —— The way of displaying password in configuration file. By
default, it is “cipher”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the super password as “admin” to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User
EXEC Mode:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
21
T2500-28TC(config)#enable password admin
disable
Description
The disable command is used to return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged
EXEC Mode.
Syntax
disable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2500-28TC#disable
T2500-28TC>
configure
Description
The configure command is used to access Global Configuration Mode from
Privileged EXEC Mode.
Syntax
configure
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Access Global Configuration Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2500-28TC#configure
T2500-28TC(config)#
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
22
exit
Description
The exit command is used to return to the previous Mode from the current
Mode.
Syntax
exit
Command Mode
Any Configuration Mode
Example
Return to Global Configuration Mode from Interface Configuration Mode, and
then return to Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2500-28TC(config-if)#exit
T2500-28TC(config)#exit
T2500-28TC#
end
Description
The end command is used to return to Privileged EXEC Mode.
Syntax
end
Command Mode
Any Configuration Mode
Example
Return to Privileged EXEC Mode from Interface Configuration Mode:
T2500-28TC(config-if)#end
T2500-28TC#
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
23
history
Description
The history command is used to show the latest 20 commands you entered in
the current mode since the switch is powered.
Syntax
history
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode
Example
Show the commands you have entered in the current mode:
T2500-28TC (config)# history
1 history
history clear
Description
The history clear command is used to clear the commands you have entered in
the current mode, therefore these commands will not be shown next time you
use the history command.
Syntax
history clear
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the commands you have entered in the current mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#history clear
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
24
Chapter 3 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) technology is developed for the switch to divide the LAN into
multiple logical LANs flexibly. Hosts in the same VLAN can communicate with each other,
regardless of their physical locations. VLAN can enhance performance by conserving bandwidth,
and improve security by limiting traffic to specific domains.
vlan
Description
The vlan command is used to create IEEE 802.1Q VLAN hereafter to access to
VLAN Configuration Mode. To delete the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, please use no
vlan command.
Syntax
vlan vlan-list
no vlan vlan-list
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN 2-10 and VLAN 100:
T2500-28TC(config)#vlan 2-10,100
Delete VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#no vlan 2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
25
interface vlan
Description
The interface vlan command is used to create VLAN Interface hereafter to
access to Interface VLAN Mode.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN Interface 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface vlan 2
name
Description
The name command is used to assign a description string to a VLAN. To clear
the description, please use no name command.
Syntax
name descript
no name
Parameter
descript —— String to describe the VLAN, which contains 16 characters at
most.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode（VLAN）
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
26
Example
Specify the description string of the VLAN 2 as “VLAN002”:
T2500-28TC(config)#vlan 2
T2500-28TC(config-vlan)#name VLAN002
switchport mode
Description
The switchport mode command is used to configure the Link Types for the
ports.
Syntax
switchport mode { access | trunk | general }
Parameter
access | trunk | general —— Link Types. There are three Link Types for the
ports.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the Link Type of Fast Ethernet port 3 as “trunk”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
switchport access vlan
Description
The switchport access vlan command is used to add the desired Access port
to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, or to remove a port from the corresponding VLAN.
Syntax
switchport access vlan vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
27
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Fast Ethernet port 3 whose link type is “access” to VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport access vlan 2
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Description
The switchport trunk allowed vlan command is used to add the desired Trunk
port to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN. To remove a Trunk port from the corresponding
VLAN, please use no switchport trunk allowed vlan command.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan {vlan-list }
no switchport trunk allowed vlan {vlan-list }
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the link type of port 2 as trunk and add it to VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed vlan 2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
28
switchport general allowed vlan
Description
The switchport general allowed vlan command is used to add the desired
General port to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, or to remove a port from the corresponding
VLAN.
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan vlan-list { tagged | untagged }
no switchport general allowed vlan vlan-list
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
tagged | untagged —— egress-rule.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Fast Ethernet port 4 whose link type is “general” to VLAN 2 and its
egress-rule as “tagged”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/4
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport mode general
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport general allowed vlan 2 tagged
switchport pvid
Description
The switchport pvid command is used to configure the PVID for the switch
ports.
Syntax
switchport pvid vlan-id
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
29
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the PVID of Fast Ethernet port 3 as 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport pvid 1
show vlan summary
Description
The show vlan summary command is used to display the summarized
information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan summary
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summarized information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show vlan summary
show vlan brief
Description
The show vlan brief command is used to display the brief information of IEEE
802.1Q VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan brief
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
30
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the brief information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show vlan brief
show vlan
Description
The show vlan command is used to display the detailed information of IEEE
802.1Q VLAN. By default, the detailed information of all the ports will be
displayed.
Syntax
show vlan [id vlan-list]
Parameter
vlan-list —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of VLAN 2-10:
T2500-28TC(config)#show vlan id 2-10
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
31
Chapter 4 MAC-based VLAN Commands
MAC VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) is the way to classify the VLANs based on MAC address.
A MAC address is relative to a single VLAN ID. The untagged packets and the priority-tagged
packets coming from the MAC address will be tagged with this VLAN ID.
mac-vlan mac-address
Description
The mac-vlan mac-address command is used to create a MAC-based VLAN
entry. To delete a MAC-based VLAN entry, please use the no mac-vlan
mac-address command.
Syntax
mac-vlan mac-address mac-addr vlan vlan-id [description descript]
no mac-vlan mac-address mac-addr
Parameter
mac-addr —— MAC address, in the format of XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
descript —— Give a description to the MAC address for identification, which
contains 8 characters at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN 2, named “TP”, and the MAC address is 00:11:11:01:01:12:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac-vlan mac-address 00:11:11:01:01:12 vlan 2
description TP
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
32
mac-vlan
Description
The mac-vlan command is used to enable a port for the MAC-based VLAN
feature. Only the port is enabled can the configured MAC-based VLAN take
effect. To disable the MAC-based VLAN function, please use no mac-vlan
command. All the ports are disabled by default.
Syntax
mac-vlan
no mac-vlan
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Fast Ethernet port 3 for the MAC-based VLAN feature:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#mac-vlan
show mac-vlan
Description
The show mac-vlan command is used to display the information of the
MAC-based VLAN entry. MAC address and VLAN ID can be used to filter the
displayed information.
Syntax
show mac-vlan { all | mac-address mac-addr | vlan vlan-id }
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Parameter
mac-addr —— MAC address, in the format of XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
33
Example
Display the information of all the MAC-based VLAN entry:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac-vlan all
show mac-vlan interface
Description
The show mac-vlan interface command is used to display the port state of
MAC-based VLAN.
Syntax
show mac-vlan interface
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the enable state of all the ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac-vlan interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
34
Chapter 5 Protocol-based VLAN Commands
Protocol VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) is the way to classify VLANs based on Protocols. A
Protocol is relative to a single VLAN ID. The untagged packets and the priority-tagged packets
matching the protocol template will be tagged with this VLAN ID.
protocol-vlan template
Description
The protocol-vlan template command is used to create Protocol-based VLAN
template. To delete Protocol-based VLAN template, please use no
protocol-vlan template command.
Syntax
protocol-vlan template name protocol-name ether-type type
no protocol-vlan template template-idx
Parameter
protocol-name —— Give a name for the Protocol-based VLAN Template ,
which contains 8 characters at most.
type —— Enter the Ethernet protocol type field in the protocol template,
composing of 4 Hex integers.
template-idx —— The number of the Protocol-based VLAN Template. You can
get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol-vlan
template command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Protocol-based VLAN template named “TP” whose Ethernet protocol
type is 0x2024:
T2500-28TC(config)#protocol-vlan template name TP ether-type 2024
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
35
protocol-vlan vlan
Description
The protocol-vlan vlan command is used to create a Protocol-based VLAN
entry. To delete a Protocol-based VLAN entry, please use no protocol-vlan
vlan command.
Syntax
protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id template template-idx
no protocol-vlan vlan group-idx
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1-4094.
template-idx ——The number of the Protocol-based VLAN Template. You can
get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol-vlan
template command.
group-idx ——The number of the Protocol-based VLAN entry. You can get the
Protocol-based VLAN entry corresponding to the number by the show
protocol-vlan vlan command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create Protocol-based VLAN 2 and bind it with Protocol-based VLAN Template 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#protocol-vlan vlan 2 template 3
protocol-vlan
Description
The protocol-vlan command is used to enable the Protocol-based VLAN
feature for a specified port. To disable the Protocol-based VLAN feature of this
port, please use no protocol-vlan command. By default, the Protocol-based
VLAN feature of all ports is disabled.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
36
Syntax
protocol-vlan
no protocol-vlan
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Protocol-based VLAN feature for the Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#protocol-vlan
show protocol-vlan template
Description
The show protocol-vlan template command is used to display the information
of the Protocol-based VLAN templates.
Syntax
show protocol-vlan template
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the Protocol-based VLAN templates:
T2500-28TC(config)#show protocol-vlan template
show protocol-vlan vlan
Description
The show protocol-vlan vlan command is used to display the information
about Protocol-based VLAN entry.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
37
Syntax
show protocol-vlan vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display information of the Protocol-based VLAN entry:
T2500-28TC(config)#show protocol-vlan vlan
show protocol-vlan interface
Description
The show protocol-vlan interface command is used to display port state and
of Protocol-based VLAN interface.
Syntax
show protocol-vlan interface
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the port state and of Protocol-based VLAN interface:
T2500-28TC(config)#show protocol-vlan interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
38
Chapter 6 VLAN-VPN Commands
VLAN-VPN (Virtual Private Network) function, the implement of a simple and flexible Layer 2 VPN
technology, allows the packets with VLAN tags of private networks to be encapsulated with VLAN
tags of public networks at the network access terminal of the Internet Service Provider. And these
packets will be transmitted with double-tag across the public networks.
dot1q-tunnel
Description
The dot1q-tunnel command is used to enable the VLAN-VPN function globally.
To disable the VLAN-VPN function, please use the no dot1q-tunnel command.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel
no dot1q-tunnel
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the VLAN-VPN function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1q-tunnel
dot1q-tunnel tpid
Description
The dot1q-tunnel tpid command is used to configure Global TPID of the
VLAN-VPN. To restore to the default value, please use the no dot1q-tunnel
tpid command.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel tpid num
no dot1q-tunnel tpid
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
39
Parameter
num —— The value of Global TPID. It must be 4 Hex integers. By default, it is
8100.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure Global TPID of the VLAN-VPN as 0x9100:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1q-tunnel tpid 9100
dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used to add the VLAN Mapping entry.
To delete the VLAN Mapping entry, please use the no dot1q-tunnel mapping
command.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel mapping c-vlan sp-vlan [descript]
no dot1q-tunnel mapping c-vlan
Parameter
c-vlan —— Customer VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
sp-vlan —— Service Provider VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
descript —— Give a description to the VLAN Mapping entry, which contains 15
characters at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a VLAN Mapping entry named “TP” with the C-VLAN being 2 and the
SP-VLAN being 10:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1q-tunnel mapping 2 10 TP
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
40
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used to enable the VLAN
Mapping feature for a specified port. To disable the VLAN Mapping feature of
this port, please use the no switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping command. By
default, the VLAN Mapping feature of all ports is disabled.
Syntax
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping
no switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the VLAN Mapping feature for the Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink
Description
The switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink command is used to configure a
specified port as the VPN Up-link port. To cancel this VPN Up-link port, please
use the no switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink command. By default, no
port has been configured as the VPN Up-link port.
Syntax
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink
no switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
41
Example
Configure the Fast Ethernet port 3 as the VPN Up-link ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uplink
show dot1q-tunnel
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel command is used to display the global configuration
information of the VLAN VPN.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration information of the VLAN VPN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1q-tunnel
show dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used to display the information
of VLAN Mapping entry.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel mapping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of VLAN Mapping entry:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1q-tunnel mapping
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
42
show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface command is used to display the
VLAN Mapping port enable state of VLAN Mapping
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the enable state of all VLAN Mapping ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface
show dot1q-tunnel uplink
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel uplink command is used to display the configuration
information of the VLAN VPN Up-link ports.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel uplink
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of the VLAN VPN Up-link ports:
T2500-28TC(config)# show dot1q-tunnel uplink
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
43
Chapter 7 Voice VLAN Commands
Voice VLANs are configured specially for voice data stream. By configuring Voice VLANs and
adding the ports with voice devices attached to voice VLANs, you can perform QoS-related
configuration for voice data, ensuring the transmission priority of voice data stream and voice
quality.
voice vlan
Description
The voice vlan command is used to enable Voice VLAN function. To disable
Voice VLAN function, please use no voice vlan command.
Syntax
voice vlan vlan-id
no voice vlan
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Voice VLAN function for VLAN 10:
T2500-28TC(config)#voice vlan 10
voice vlan aging time
Description
The voice vlan aging time command is used to set the aging time for a voice
VLAN. To restore to the default aging time for the Voice VLAN, please use no
voice vlan aging time command. By default, the aging time is 1440 minutes.
Syntax
voice vlan aging time time
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
44
no voice vlan aging time
Parameter
time —— Aging time (in minutes) to be set for the Voice VLAN. It ranges from 1
to 43200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the aging time for the Voice VLAN as 1 minute:
T2500-28TC(config)#voice vlan aging time 1
voice vlan priority
Description
The voice vlan priority command is used to configure the priority for the Voice
VLAN. To restore to the default priority, please use no voice vlan priority
command. By default, the priority value is 6.
Syntax
voice vlan priority pri
no voice vlan priority
Parameter
pri —— Priority, ranging from 0 to 7.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the priority of the Voice VLAN as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#voice vlan priority 5
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
45
voice vlan mac-address
Description
The voice vlan mac-address command is used to create Voice VLAN OUI. To
delete the specified Voice VLAN OUI, please use no voice vlan mac-address
command.
Syntax
voice vlan mac-address mac-addr mask mask [description descript]
no voice vlan mac-address mac-addr
Parameter
mac-addr —— The OUI address of the voice device, in the format of
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
mask —— The OUI address mask of the voice device, in the format of
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
descript —— Give a description to the OUI for identification which contains 16
characters at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Voice VLAN OUI described as “TP-Phone” with the OUI address
00:11:11:11:11:11 and the mask address FF:FF:FF:00:00:00:
T2500-28TC(config)#voice vlan mac-address 00:11:11:11:11:11 mask
FF:FF:FF:00:00:00 description TP- Phone
switchport voice vlan mode
Description
The switchport voice vlan mode command is used to configure the Voice
VLAN mode for the Ethernet port.
Syntax
switchport voice vlan mode { manual | auto }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
46
Parameter
manual | auto —— Port mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Fast Ethernet port 3 to operate in the auto voice VLAN mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport voice vlan mode auto
switchport voice vlan security
Description
The switchport voice vlan security command is used to enable the Voice
VLAN security feature. To disable the Voice VLAN security feature, please use
no switchport voice vlan security command.
Syntax
switchport voice vlan security
no switchport voice vlan security
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Fast Ethernet port 3 for Voice VLAN security feature:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport voice vlan security
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
47
show voice vlan
Description
The show voice vlan command is used to display the global configuration
information of Voice VLAN.
Syntax
show voice vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#show voice vlan
show voice vlan oui
Description
The show voice vlan oui command is used to display the configuration
information of Voice VLAN OUI.
Syntax
show voice vlan oui
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN OUI:
T2500-28TC(config)#show voice vlan oui
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
48
show voice vlan switchport
Description
The show voice vlan switchport command is used to display the configuration
information of all the ports or one specified port in the Voice VLAN.
Syntax
show voice vlan switchport [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number selected to display the
configuration information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Fast Ethernet port 1 in the Voice VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show voice vlan switchport fastEthernet 1/0/1
Display the configuration information of all the ports in the Voice VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show voice vlan switchport
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
49
Chapter 8 Private VLAN Commands
Private VLANs are configured specially for saving VLAN resource of uplink devices and decreasing
broadcast.
private-vlan primary
Description
The private-vlan primary command is used to configure the designated VLAN
as the primary VLAN of the Private VLAN. To abolish the currently primary
VLAN, please use no private-vlan primary command.
Syntax
private-vlan primary
no private-vlan primary
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Configure the VLAN 3 as the primary VLAN of the private VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#vlan 3
T2500-28TC(config-vlan)#private-vlan primary
private-vlan community
Description
The private-vlan community command is used to configure the designated
VLAN as the community VLAN of the Private VLAN. To invalid the currently
community VLAN, please use no private-vlan community command.
Syntax
private-vlan community
no private-vlan community
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
50
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Configure the VLAN 4 as the community VLAN of the private VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#vlan 4
T2500-28TC(config-vlan)#private-vlan community
private-vlan association
Description
The private-vlan association command is used to associate primary VLAN
with secondary VLAN. To exterminate the currently association, please use no
private-vlan association command.
Syntax
private-vlan association vlan_list
no private-vlan association vlan_list
Parameter
vlan_list —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4049.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Associate primary VLAN 3 with community VLAN 4 as a private VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#vlan 3
T2500-28TC(config-vlan)#private-vlan association 4
switchport private-vlan
Description
The switchport private-vlan command is used to configure the private VLAN
mode for the switchport. To invalid the configuration, please use no switchport
private-vlan command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
51
Syntax
switchport private-vlan { promiscuous | host }
no switchport private-vlan { promiscuous | host }
Parameter
promiscuous | host —— Configure the private VLAN mode for the switchport.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Fast Ethernet port 3 as “host”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport private-vlan host
switchport private-vlan host-association
Description
The switchport private-vlan host-association command is used to add host
type port to private VLAN. To remove the port from Private VLAN, please use no
switchport private-vlan host-association command.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan host-association primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id
no switchport private-vlan host-association primary_vlan_id
secondary_vlan_id
Parameter
primary-vlan-id —— Primary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
secondary-vlan-id —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
52
Example
Configure host type Fast Ethernet port 3 as a member of primary VLAN 3 and
secondary VLAN 4:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport private-vlan host-association 3 4
switchport private-vlan mapping
Description
The switchport private-vlan mapping command is used to add promiscuous
type port to private VLAN. To remove the port from Private VLAN, please use no
switchport private-vlan mapping command.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan mapping primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id
no switchport private-vlan mapping primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id
Parameter
primary-vlan-id —— Primary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
secondary-vlan-id —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure promiscuous type Fast Ethernet port 3 as a member of primary VLAN
3 and secondary VLAN 4:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#switchport private-vlan mapping 3 4
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
53
show vlan private-vlan
Description
The show vlan private-vlan command is used to display the Private VLAN
configuration information of the switch.
Syntax
show vlan private-vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of all Private VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)#show vlan private-vlan
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
54
Chapter 9 GVRP Commands
GVRP (GARP VLAN registration protocol) is an implementation of GARP (generic attribute
registration protocol). GVRP allows the switch to automatically add or remove the VLANs via the
dynamic VLAN registration information and propagate the local VLAN registration information to
other switches, without having to individually configure each VLAN.
gvrp
Description
The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function globally. To disable the
GVRP function, please use no gvrp command.
Syntax
gvrp
no gvrp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the GVRP function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#gvrp
gvrp (interface)
Description
The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function for the desired port. To
disable it, please use no gvrp command. The GVRP feature can only be
enabled for the trunk-type ports.
Syntax
gvrp
no gvrp
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
55
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Enable the GVRP function for Fast Ethernet ports 2-6:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#gvrp
gvrp registration
Description
The gvrp registration command is used to configure the GVRP registration
type for the desired port. To restore to the default value, please use no gvrp
registration command.
Syntax
gvrp registration { normal | fixed | forbidden }
no gvrp registration
Parameter
normal | fixed | forbidden —— Registration mode. By default, the registration
mode is “normal”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Configure the GVRP registration mode as “fixed” for Fast Ethernet ports 2-6:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#gvrp registration fixed
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
56
gvrp timer
Description
The gvrp timer command is used to set a GVRP timer for the desired port. To
restore to the default setting of a GARP timer, please use no gvrp timer
command.
Syntax
gvrp timer { leaveall | join | leave } value
no gvrp timer [leaveall | join | leave]
Parameter
leaveall | join | leave —— They are the three timers: leave All、join and leave.
Once the LeaveAll Timer is set, the port with GVRP enabled can send a
LeaveAll message after the timer times out, so that other GARP ports can
re-register all the attribute information. After that, the LeaveAll timer will start to
begin a new cycle. To guarantee the transmission of the Join messages, a
GARP port sends each Join message two times. The Join Timer is used to
define the interval between the two sending operations of each Join message.
Once the Leave Timer is set, the GARP port receiving a Leave message will
start its Leave timer, and deregister the attribute information if it does not receive
a Join message again before the timer times out.
value ——The value of the timer. The LeaveAll Timer ranges from 1000 to
30000 centiseconds and the default value is 1000. The Join Timer ranges from
20 to 1000 centiseconds and the default value is 20. The Leave Timer ranges
from 60 to 3000 centiseconds and the default value is 60.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Set the GARP leaveall timer of Fast Ethernet port 6 as 2000 centiseconds and
restore the join timer of it to the default value:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/6
T2500-28TC(config-if)#gvrp timer leaveall 2000
T2500-28TC(config-if)#no gvrp timer join
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
57
show gvrp global
Description
The show gvrp global command is used to display the global GVRP status.
Syntax
show gvrp global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global GVRP status:
T2500-28TC(config)#show gvrp global
show gvrp interface
Description
The show gvrp interface command is used to display the GVRP configuration
information of a specified Ethernet port or of all Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show gvrp interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the GVRP
configuration information of all the Ethernet ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the GVRP configuration information of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show gvrp interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
Display the GVRP configuration information of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show gvrp interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
58
Chapter 10 Etherchannel Commands
Etherchannel Commands are used to configure LAG and LACP function.
LAG (Link Aggregation Group) is to combine a number of ports together to make a single
high-bandwidth data path, which can highly extend the bandwidth. The bandwidth of the LAG is
the sum of bandwidth of its member port.
LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol) is defined in IEEE802.3ad and enables the dynamic link
aggregation and disaggregation by exchanging LACP packets with its partner. The switch can
dynamically group similarly configured ports into a single logical link, which will highly extend the
bandwidth and flexibly balance the load.
channel-group
Description
The channel-group command is used to add a port to the EtherChannel Group
and configure its mode. To delete the port from the EtherChannel Group, please
use no channel-group command.
Syntax
channel-group num mode { on | active | passive }
no channel-group
Parameter
num —— The number of the EtherChannel Group, ranging from 1 to 14.
on —— Enable the static LAG.
active —— Enable the active LACP mode.
passive —— Enable the passive LACP mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Add the Fast Ethernet port 2-4 to EtherChannel Group 1 and enable the static
LAG:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-4
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#channel-group 1 mode on
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
59
port-channel load-balance
Description
The port-channel load-balance command is used to configure the Aggregate
Arithmetic for LAG. To return to the default configurations, please use no
port-channel load-balance command.
Syntax
port-channel load-balance {src-dst-mac | src-dst-ip}
no port-channel load-balance
Parameter
src-dst-mac —— The source and destination MAC address. When this option
is selected, the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and
destination MAC addresses of the packets. The Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG is
“src-dst-mac” by default.
src-dst-ip —— The source and destination IP address. When this option is
selected, the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and destination
IP addresses of the packets.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG as “src-dst-mac”:
T2500-28TC(config)#port-channel load-balance src-dst-mac
lacp system-priority
Description
The lacp system-priority command is used to configure the LACP system
priority globally. To return to the default configurations, please use no lacp
system-priority command.
Syntax
lacp system-priority pri
no lacp system-priority
Parameter
pri —— The system priority, ranging from 0 to 65535. It is 32768 by default.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
60
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the LACP system priority as 1024 globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#lacp system-priority 1024
lacp port-priority
Description
The lacp port-priority command is used to configure the LACP system priority
globally. To return to the default configurations, please use no lacp
port-priority command.
Syntax
lacp port-priority pri
no lacp port-priority
Parameter
pri —— The port priority, ranging from 0 to 65535. It is 32768 by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Configure the LACP port priority as 1024 for Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#lacp port-priority 1024
show etherchannel
Description
The show etherchannel command is used to display the EtherChannel
information.
Syntax
show etherchannel [channel-group-num ] { detail | summary }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
61
Parameter
channel-group-num —— The EtherChannel Group number, ranging from 1 to
14. By default, it is empty, and will display the information of all EtherChannel
Groups.
detail —— The detailed information of EtherChannel.
summary —— The EtherChannel information in summary.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of EtherChannel Group 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show etherchannel 1 detail
show etherchannel load-balance
Description
The show etherchannel load-balance command is used to display the
Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG.
Syntax
show etherchannel load-balance
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG:
T2500-28TC(config)#show etherchannel load-balance
show lacp
Description
The show lacp command is used to display the LACP information for a
specified EtherChannel Group.
Syntax
show lacp [ channel-group-num ] { internal | neighbor }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
62
Parameter
channel-group-num —— The EtherChannel Group number, ranging from 1 to
14. By default, it is empty, and will display the information of all LACP groups.
internal —— The internal LACP information.
neighbor —— The neighbor LACP information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the internal LACP information of EtherChannel Group 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show lacp 1 internal
show lacp sys-id
Description
The show lacp sys-id command is used to display the LACP system priority
globally.
Syntax
show lacp sys-id
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LACP system priority:
T2500-28TC(config)#show lacp sys-id
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
63
Chapter 11 User Manage Commands
User Manage Commands are used to manage the user’s logging information by Web, CLI or SSH,
so as to protect the settings of the switch from being randomly changed.
user name
Description
The user name command is used to add a new user or modify the existed
users’ information. To delete the existed users, please use no user name
command.
Syntax
user name user-name password password [type {guest | admin}] [status
disable | enable}] [secret {simple | cipher}]
no user name user-name
Parameter
user-name ——Type a name for users' login, which contains 16 characters at
most, composing digits, English letters and under dashes only.
password ——Type a password for users' login, which contains 31 characters at
most, composing digits, English letters and under dashes only.
guest | admin —— Access level. “Guest” means that you can only view the
settings without the right to edit and modify. “Admin” means that you can edit,
modify and view all the settings of different functions. It is “admin” by default.
disable | enable —— Enable/disable the user. The new added user is “enable”
by default.
simple | cipher —— The way of displaying password in configuration file. By
default, it is “cipher”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add and enable a new admin user named “tplink”, of which the password is
“password”:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
64
T2500-28TC(config)#user name tplink password password type admin
status enable
user access-control ip-based
Description
The user access-control ip-based command is used to limit the IP-range of
the users for login. Only the users within the IP-range you set here are allowed
to login. To cancel the user access limit, please use no user access-control
command.
Syntax
user access-control ip-based ip-addr ip-mask
no user access-control
Parameter
ip-addr —— The source IP address. Only the users within the IP-range you set
here are allowed to login.
ip-mask ——The subnet mask of the IP address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the user with the IP address 192.168.0.148 is allowed to
login:
T2500-28TC(config)#user access-control ip-based 192.168.0.148 255.255.255.255
user access-control mac-based
Description
The user access-control mac-based command is used to limit the MAC
address of the users for login. Only the user with this MAC address you set here
is allowed to login. To cancel the user access limit, please use no user
access-control command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
65
Syntax
user access-control mac-based mac-addr
no user access-control
Parameter
mac-addr —— The source MAC address. Only the user with this MAC address
is allowed to login.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the user with the MAC address 00:00:13:0A:00:01 is allowed
to login:
T2500-28TC(config)#user access-control mac-based 00:00:13:0A:00:01
user access-control port-based
Description
The user access-control port-based command is used to limit the ports for
login. Only the users connected to these ports you set here are allowed for login.
To cancel the user access limit, please use no user access-control command.
Syntax
user access-control port-based interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port | range fastEthernet port-list | range gigabitEthernet port-list }
no user access-control
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
port-list ——The list group of Ethernet ports. You can appoint 5 ports at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the users connected to Fast Ethernet ports 2-6 are allowed to
login:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
66
T2500-28TC(config)#user access-control port-based interface range
fastEthernet 1/0/2-6
user max-number
Description
The user max-number command is used to configure the maximum login user
number at the same time. To cancel the limit on login number, please use no
user max-number command.
Syntax
user max-number admin-num guest-num
no user max-number
Parameter
admin-num —— The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Admin,
ranging from 1 to 16. The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16.
guest-num —— The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Guest,
ranging from 0 to 15. The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the maximum number of users’ login as Admin and Guest as 5 and 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#user max-num 5 3
user idle-timeout
Description
The user idle-timeout command is used to configure the timeout time of the
switch. To restore to the default timeout time, please use no user idle-timeout
command.
Syntax
user idle-timeout minutes
no user idle-timeout
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
67
Parameter
minutes ——The timeout time, ranging from 5 to 30 in minutes. The value is 10
by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the timeout time of the switch as 15 minutes:
T2500-28TC(config)#user idle-timeout 15
line
Description
The line command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode and make
related configurations for the desired user(s), including the login mode and
password configurations.
Syntax
line [console linenum | vty startlinenum endlinenum ]
Parameter
linenum —— The number of users allowed to login through console port. Its
value is 0 in general as there is only one console port on a switch.
startlinenum ——The start serial number of the login user selected to configure
the login mode and password, ranging from 0 to 15. 0 means the first login user
number, 1 means the second, and the rest can be done on the same manner.
endlinenum —— The end serial number of the login user selected to configure
the login mode and password, ranging from 0 to 15. 0 means the first login user
number, 1 means the second, and the rest can be done on the same manner.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter the Console port configuration mode and configure the console port 0:
T2500-28TC(config)#line console 0
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
68
Enter the Virtual Terminal configuration mode so as to prepare further
configurations such as password and login mode for virtual terminal 0 to 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#line vty 0 5
password
Description
The password command is used to configure the connection password. To
clear the password, please use no password command.
Syntax
password password [secret {simple | cipher} ]
no password
Parameter
password —— Configure the connection password, which contains 16
characters at most, composing digits, English letters and under dashes only.
simple | cipher —— The way of displaying password in configuration file. By
default, it is “cipher”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the connection password of Console port connection 0 as “tplink”:
T2500-28TC(config)#line console 0
T2500-28TC(config-line)#password tplink
Configure the connection password of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as “tplink”:
T2500-28TC(config)#line vty 0 5
T2500-28TC(config-line)#password tplink
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
69
login
Description
The login command is used to configure the login of a switch not to use the user
name and password. At this situation, a connection password must be set for
virtual terminal connection.
Syntax
login
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line console 0
T2500-28TC(config-line)#login
Configure the login of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as login mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line vty 0 5
T2500-28TC(config-line)#login
login local
Description
The login local command is used to configure the login of a switch with the user
name and password.
Syntax
login local
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as login local mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line vty 0 5
T2500-28TC(config-line)#login local
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
70
Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login local mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line console 0
T2500-28TC(config-line)#login local
show user account-list
Description
The show user account-list command is used to display the information of the
current users.
Syntax
show user account-list
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the current users:
T2500-28TC(config)#show user account-list
show user configuration
Description
The user configuration command is used to display the security configuration
information of the users, including access-control, max-number and the
idle-timeout, etc.
Syntax
show user configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the security configuration information of the users:
T2500-28TC(config)#show user configuration
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
71
Chapter 12 Binding Table Commands
You can bind the IP address, MAC address, VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host
together, which can be the condition for the ARP Inspection and IP verify source to filter the
packets.
ip source binding
Description
The ip source binding command is used to bind the IP address, MAC address,
VLAN ID and the Port number together manually. You can manually bind the IP
address, MAC address, VLAN ID and the Port number together in the condition
that you have got the related information of the Hosts in the LAN. To delete the
IP-MAC –VID-PORT entry from the binding table, please use no ip source
binding index command.
Syntax
ip source binding hostname ip-addr mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface
{ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port } { none | arp-detection |
ip-verify-source | both } [ forced-source {arp-scanning | dhcp-snooping} ]
no ip source binding index idx
Parameter
hostname ——The Host Name, which contains 20 characters at most.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the Host.
mac-addr —— The MAC address of the Host.
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID needed to be bound, ranging from 1 to 4094.
port —— The number of port connected to the Host.
none | arp-detection | ip-verify-source | both ——The protect type for the entry.
“arp-detection” indicates ARP detection; “ip-verify-source” indicates IP source
filter; “none” indicates applying none; “both” indicates applying both.
forced-source —— The source of the binding entry can be specified as
“arp-scanning” or “dhcp-snooping”. It is multi-optional.
idx —— The entry number needed to be deleted. You can use the show ip
source binding command to get the idx. Pay attention that the entry number is
the actual number in the binding table which is not display in an arranged order.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
72
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Bind an ACL entry with the IP 192.168.0.1, MAC 00:00:00:00:00:01, VLAN ID 2
and the Port number 5 manually. And then enable the entry for the ARP
detection and IP filter function:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip source binding host1 192.168.0.1 00:00:00:00:00:01
vlan 2 interface fastEthernet 1/0/5 both
Delete the IP-MAC –VID-PORT entry with the index 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#no ip source binding index 5
ip source binding index
Description
The ip source binding index command is used to modify the existing entry of
ip source binding.
Syntax
ip source binding index idx {hostname hostname | mac mac-addr | vlan
vlan-id| interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port} | none |
arp-detection | ip-verify-source | both }
Parameter
idx ——The entry number needed to be modified. You can use the show ip
source binding command to get the idx. Pay attention that the entry number is
the actual number in the binding table which is not displayed in an arranged
order.
hostname ——The modified Host Name, which contains 20 characters at most.
mac-addr —— The modified MAC address of the Host.
vlan-id ——The modified VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
port —— The modified number of port connected to the Host.
none | arp-detection | ip-verify-source | both ——The modified protect type for
the entry. “arp-detection” indicates ARP detection; “ip-verify-source” indicates IP
source filter; “none” indicates applying none; “both” indicates applying both.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
73
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Modify the hostname as “tp-link” of the entry with the index 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip source binding index 1 hostname tp-link
ip dhcp snooping
Description
The ip dhcp snooping command is used to enable DHCP-Snooping function
globally. To disable DHCP-Snooping function globally, please use no ip dhcp
snooping command. DHCP Snooping functions to monitor the process of the
Host obtaining the IP address from DHCP server, and record the IP address,
MAC address, VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host for automatic
binding. The switch can also propagate the control information and the network
parameters via the Option 82 field to provide more information for the Host.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DHCP-Snooping function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dhcp snooping
ip dhcp snooping global
Description
The ip dhcp snooping global command is configure DHCP-Snooping globally.
To restore to the default value, please use no dhcp-snooping global
command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
74
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping global { [global-rate global-rate] [dec-threshold
dec-threshold] [dec-rate dec-rate] }
no ip dhcp snooping global
Parameter
global-rate —— The value to specify the maximum amount of DHCP messages
that can be forwarded by the switch per second. The excessive messages will
be discarded. The options are 0/10/20/30/40/50 (packet/second).By default, it is
0 standing for “disable”.
dec-threshold ——The value to specify the minimum transmission rate of the
Decline packets to trigger the Decline protection for the specific port. The
options are 0/5/10/15/20/25/30 (packet/second).By default, it is 0 standing for
“disable”.
dec-rate ——The value to specify the Decline Flow Control. The traffic flow of
the corresponding port will be limited to be this value if the transmission rate of
the Decline packets exceeds the Decline Threshold. The options are
5/10/15/20/25/30 (packet/second). By default, it is 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Global Flow Control as 30pps, the Decline Threshold as 20 pps,
and decline Flow Control as 20 pps for DHCP Snooping:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dhcp snooping global global-rate 30 dec-threshold
20 dec-rate 20
ip dhcp snooping information option
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information option command is used to enable the
Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping. To disable the Option 82 function, please
use no ip dhcp snooping information option command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
75
no ip dhcp snooping information option
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping for port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping information option
ip dhcp snooping information strategy
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information strategy command is used to select the
operation for the Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets from the Host. To
restore to the default option, please use no ip dhcp snooping information
strategy command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information strategy strategy
no ip dhcp snooping information strategy
Parameter
strategy —— The operations for Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets
from the Host, including three types:
keep: Indicates to keep the Option 82 field of the packets. It is the default option.
replace: Indicates to replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch
defined one.
drop: Indicates to discard the packets including the Option 82 field.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For port 2, replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch defined one
and then send out:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
76
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping information strategy replace
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information remote-id command is used to enable and
configure the customized sub-option Remote ID for the Option 82. To return to
default Remote ID for the Option 82, please use no ip dhcp snooping
information remote-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id string
no ip dhcp snooping information remote-id
Parameter
string —— Enter the sub-option Remote ID, which contains 32 characters at
most.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For port 2, enable and configure the customized sub-option Remote ID for the
Option 82 as tplink:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping information remote-id tplink
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id command is used to enable and
configure the customized sub-option Circuit ID for the Option 82. To return to the
default Circuit ID for the Option 82, please use no ip dhcp snooping
information circuit-id command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
77
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id string
no ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id
Parameter
string —— Enter the sub-option Circuit ID, which contains 32 characters at
most.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For port 2, enable and configure the customized sub-option Circuit ID for the
Option 82 as “tplink”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id tplink
ip dhcp snooping trust
Description
The ip dhcp snooping trust command is used to configure a port to be a
Trusted Port. Only the Trusted Port can receive the DHCP packets from DHCP
servers. To turn the port back to a distrusted port, please use no ip dhcp
snooping trust command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Fast Ethernet port 2 to be a Trusted Port:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping trust
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
78
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
Description
The ip dhcp snooping mac-verify command is used to enable the MAC Verify
feature. To disable the MAC Verify feature, please use no ip dhcp snooping
mac-verify command. There are two fields of the DHCP packet containing the
MAC address of the Host. The MAC Verify feature is to compare the two fields
and discard the packet if the two fields are different.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
no ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the MAC Verify feature for the Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Description
The ip dhcp snooping limit rate command is used to enable the Flow Control
feature for the DHCP packets. The excessive DHCP packets will be discarded.
To restore to the default configuration, please use no ip dhcp snooping limit
rate command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping limit rate value
no ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Parameter
value —— The value of Flow Control. The options are 0/5/10/15/20/25/30
(packet/second). The default value is 0, which stands for “disable”.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
79
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Set the Flow Control of Fast Ethernet port 2 as 20 pps:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping limit rate 20
ip dhcp snooping decline
Description
The ip dhcp snooping decline command is used to enable the Decline Protect
feature. To disable the Decline Protect feature, please use no ip dhcp
snooping decline command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping decline
no ip dhcp snooping decline
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Decline Protect feature of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping decline
show ip source binding
Description
The show ip source binding command is used to display the IP-MAC-VID-
PORT binding table.
Syntax
show ip source binding
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
80
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IP-MAC-VID-PORT binding table:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip source binding
show ip dhcp snooping
Description
The show ip dhcp snooping command is used to display the running status of
DHCP-Snooping.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the running status of DHCP-Snooping:
T2500-28TC#show ip dhcp snooping
show ip dhcp snooping information interface
Description
The show ip dhcp snooping information interface command is used to
display the Option 82 configuration status of a desired Fast/Gigabit Ethernet
ports or of all Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping information interface [ fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameters
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
81
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Option 82 configuration status of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC#show ip dhcp snooping information interface
Display the Option 82 configuration status of Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC#show ip dhcp snooping information interface fastEthernet
1/0/5
show ip dhcp snooping interface
Description
The show ip dhcp snooping interface command is used to display the
DHCP-Snooping configuration of a desired Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports or of all
Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameters
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DHCP-Snooping configuration of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC#show ip dhcp snooping interface
Display the DHCP-Snooping configuration of Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC#show ip dhcp snooping interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
82
Chapter 13 ARP Inspection Commands
ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) Detect function is to protect the switch from the ARP cheating,
such as the Network Gateway Spoofing and Man-In-The-Middle Attack, etc.
ip arp inspection(global)
Description
The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Detection function
globally. To disable the ARP Detection function, please use no ip arp detection
command.
Syntax
ip arp inspection
no ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the ARP Detection function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip arp inspection
ip arp inspection trust
Description
The ip arp inspection trust command is used to configure the port for which
the ARP Detect function is unnecessary as the Trusted Port. To clear the
Trusted Port list, please use no ip arp detection trust command .The specific
ports, such as up-linked port, routing port and LAG port, should be set as
Trusted Port. To ensure the normal communication of the switch, please
configure the ARP Trusted Port before enabling the ARP Detect function.
Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
83
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Configure the Fast Ethernet ports 2-5 as the Trusted Port:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-5
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#ip arp inspection trust
ip arp inspection(interface)
Description
The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Defend function. To
disable the ARP detection function, please use no ip arp inspection command.
ARP Attack flood produces lots of ARP Packets, which will occupy the
bandwidth and slow the network speed extremely. With the ARP Defend
enabled, the switch can terminate receiving the ARP packets for 300 seconds
when the transmission speed of the legal ARP packet on the port exceeds the
defined value so as to avoid ARP Attack flood.
Syntax
ip arp inspection
no ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Enable the arp defend function for the Fast Ethernet ports 2-6:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#ip arp inspection
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
84
ip arp inspection limit-rate
Description
The ip arp inspection limit-rate command is used to configure the ARP speed
of a specified port. To restore to the default speed, please use no ip arp
inspection limit-rate command.
Syntax
ip arp inspection limit-rate value
no ip arp inspection limit-rate
Parameter
value ——The value to specify the maximum amount of the received ARP
packets per second, ranging from 10 to 100 in pps(packet/second). By default,
the value is 15.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet)
Example
Configure the maximum amount of the received ARP packets per second as 50
pps for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip arp inspection limit-rate 50
ip arp inspection recover
Description
The ip arp inspection recover command is used to restore a port to the ARP
transmit status from the ARP filter status.
Syntax
ip arp inspection recover
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (Interface fastEthernet / Interface range
fastEthernet / Interface gigabitEthernet / Interface range gigabitEhternet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
85
Example
Restore Fast Ethernet port 5 to the ARP transmit status:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip arp inspection recover
show ip arp inspection
Description
The show ip arp inspection command is used to display the ARP detection
global configuration including the enable/disable status and the Trusted Port list.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the ARP detection configuration globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip arp inspection
show ip arp inspection interface
Description
The show ip arp inspection interface command is used to display the
interface configuration of ARP detection.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
86
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip arp inspection interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
Display the configuration of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip arp inspection interface
show ip arp inspection statistics
Description
The show ip arp inspection statistics command is used to display the number
of the illegal ARP packets received.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the number of the illegal ARP packets received:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip arp inspection statistics
clear ip arp inspection statistics
Description
The clear ip arp inspection statistics command is used to clear the statistic of
the illegal ARP packets received.
Syntax
clear ip arp inspection statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistic of the illegal ARP packets received:
T2500-28TC(config)#clear ip arp inspection statistics
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
87
Chapter 14 IP Verify Source Commands
IP Verify Source is to filter the IP packets based on the IP-MAC Binding entries. Only the packets
matched to the IP-MAC Binding rules can be processed, which can enhance the bandwidth utility.
ip verify source
Description
The ip verify source command is used to configure the IP Verify Source mode
for a specified port. To disable the IP Verify Source function, please use no ip
verify source command.
Syntax
ip verify source {sip | sip+mac}
no ip verify source
Parameter
sip | sip+mac—— Security type. “sip” indicates that only the packets with its
source IP address and port number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can be
processed. “sip+mac” indicates that only the packets with its source IP address,
source MAC address and port number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can
be processed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode （interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEhternet）
Example
Enable the IP Verify Source function for Fast Ethernet ports 5-10. Configure that
only the packets with its source IP address, source MAC address and port
number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can be processed:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/5-10
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#ip verify source sip+mac
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
88
show ip verify source
Description
The show ip verify source command is used to display the IP Verify Source
configuration information.
Syntax
show ip verify source
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IP Verify Source configuration information:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip verify source
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
89
Chapter 15 DoS Defend Command
DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network
attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host. With the DoS Defend
enabled, the switch can analyze the specific field of the received packets and provide the defend
measures to ensure the normal working of the local network.
ip dos-prevent
Description
The ip dos-prevent command is used to enable the DoS defend function
globally. To disable the DoS defend function, please use no ip dos-prevent
command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent
no ip dos-prevent
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DoS defend function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dos-prevent
ip dos-prevent ping-rate
Description
The ip dos-prevent ping-rate command is used to configure the transmission
rate of the Ping packets. To restore to default, please use no ip dos-prevent
ping-rate command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent ping-rate ping-rate
no ip dos-prevent ping-rate
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
90
Parameter
ping-rate —— Specify the transmission rate of the Ping packets when the
Defend Type Ping Flooding is enabled. The options are 128k、256k、512k、1m、
2m、4m in bps. By default, the value is 128k.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the transmission rate of the Ping packets as 256k:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dos-prevent ping-rate 256k
ip dos-prevent syn-rate
Description
The ip dos-prevent syn-rate command is used to configure the transmission
rate of the SYN/SYN-ACK packets. To restore to default, please use no ip
dos-prevent syn-rate command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent syn-rate syn-rate
no ip dos-prevent syn-rate
Parameter
syn-rate —— Specify the transmission rate of the SYN/SYN-ACK packets when
the Defend Type SYN/SYN-ACK Flooding is enabled. The options are 128k、
256k、512k、1m、2m、4m in bps. By default, the value is 128k.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the transmission rate of the SYN/SYN-ACK packets as 1m:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dos-prevent syn-rate 1m
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
91
ip dos-prevent type
Description
The ip dos-prevent type command is used to select the DoS Defend Type. To
disable the corresponding Defend Type, please use no ip dos-prevent type
command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent type { land | scan-synfin | xma-scan | null-scan | port-less-1024
| smurf | blat | ping-flood | syn-flood | win-nuke | ping-of-death }
no ip dos-prevent type { land | scan-synfin | xma-scan | null-scan |
port-less-1024 | smurf | blat | ping-flood | syn-flood | win-nuke | ping-of-death }
Parameter
land —— Land attack.
scan-synfin —— Scan SYNFIN attack.
xma-scan —— Xma Scan attack.
null-scan —— NULL Scan attack.
port-less-1024 ——The SYN packets whose Source Port less than 1024.
smurf —— Smurf attack.
blat —— Blat attack.
ping-flood —— Ping flooding attack. With the ping flood attack enabled, the
switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512K
when attacked by ping flood.
syn-flood —— SYN/SYN-ACK flooding attack. With the syn-flood attack enabled,
the switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512K
when attacked by syn-flood.
win-nuke —— winNuke attack.
ping-of-death—— Ping of Death attack
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DoS Defend Type named Land attack:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dos-prevent type land
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
92
ip dos-prevent detect
Description
The ip dos-prevent detect command is used to configure the detect time for
each DoS attack type except the flooding attack type.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent detect detect-time
Parameter
detect-time —— Specify the detect time for each DoS attack type except the
flooding attack type, ranging from 1 to 5 in second.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Detect the DoS attack and specify the detect time for each DoS attack type
except the flooding attack type as 5 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip dos-prevent detect 5
clear ip dos-prevent detect statistics
Description
The clear ip dos-prevent detect statistics command is used to clear the
information statistic of the detected DoS attack.
Syntax
clear ip dos-prevent detect statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the information statistic of the detected DoS attack:
T2500-28TC(config)#clear ip dos-prevent detect statistics
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
93
show ip dos-prevent
Description
The show ip dos-prevent command is used to display the DoS information of
the detected DoS attack, including enable/disable status, the DoS Defend Type,
the count of the attack, etc.
Syntax
show ip dos-prevent
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DoS information of the detected DoS attack globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip dos-prevent
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
94
Chapter 16 IEEE 802.1X Commands
IEEE 802.1X function is to provide an access control for LAN ports via the authentication. An
802.1X system include three entities: supplicant, authenticator and authentication server.
Supplicant: the device that requests access to the LAN.
Authentication server: performs the actual authentication of the supplicant. It validates the
identity of the supplicant and notifies the authenticator whether or not the supplicant is
authorized to access the LAN.
Authenticator: controls the physical access to the network based on the authentication status
of the supplicant. It is usually an 802.1X-supported network device, such as this TP-LINK
switch. It acts as an intermediary (proxy) between the supplicant and the authentication server,
requesting identity information from the supplicant, verifying that information with the
authentication server, and relaying a response to the supplicant.
This chapter handles with the authentication process between the supplicant and the switch. To
realize the authentication and accounting function, you should also enbable the AAA function and
configure the RADIUS server. Go to Chapter 38 AAA Commands for more details.
dot1x system-auth-control
Description
The dot1x system-auth-control command is used to enable the IEEE 802.1X
function globally. To disable the IEEE 802.1X function, please use no dot1x
system-auth-control command.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IEEE 802.1X function:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x system-auth-control
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
95
dot1x auth-method
Description
The dot1x auth-method command is used to configure the Authentication
Method of IEEE 802.1X and the default 802.1X authentication method is
“eap-md5”. To restore to the default 802.1X authentication method, please use
no dot1x auth-method command.
Syntax
dot1x auth-method { pap | eap-md5 }
no dot1x auth-method
Parameter
pap | eap-md5 ——Authentication Methods.
pap: IEEE 802.1X authentication system uses extensible authentication protocol
(EAP) to exchange information between the switch and the client. The
transmission of EAP packets is terminated at the switch and the EAP packets
are converted to the other protocol (such as RADIUS) packets for transmission
eap-md5: IEEE 802.1X authentication system uses extensible authentication
protocol (EAP) to exchange information between the switch and the client. The
EAP protocol packets with authentication data can be encapsulated in the
advanced protocol (such as RADIUS) packets to be transmitted to the
authentication server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Authentication Method of IEEE 802.1X as “pap”:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x auth-method pap
dot1x guest-vlan(global)
Description
The dot1x guest-vlan command is used to enable the Guest VLAN function
globally. To disable the Guest VLAN function, please use no dot1x guest-vlan
command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
96
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan vid
no dot1x guest-vlan
Parameter
vid —— The VLAN ID needed to enable the Guest VLAN function, ranging from
2 to 4094. The supplicants in the Guest VLAN can access the specified network
source.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Guest VLAN function for VLAN 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x guest-vlan 5
dot1x accounting
Description
The dot1x accounting command is used to enable the IEEE 802.1X
accounting function globally. To disable the IEEE 802.1X accounting function,
please use no dot1x accounting command.
Syntax
dot1x accounting
no dot1x accounting
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the 802.1X accounting function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# dot1x accounting
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
97
dot1x quiet-period
Description
The dot1x quiet-period command is used to enable the quiet-period function.
To disable the function, please use no dot1x quiet-period command.
Syntax
dot1x quiet-period
no dot1x quiet-period
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the quiet-period function:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x quiet-period
dot1x timeout
Description
The dot1x timeout command is used to configure the quiet period and the
supplicant timeout. To restore to the default, please use no dot1x timeout
command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout {quiet-period time | reauth-period time}
no dot1x timeout {quiet-period | reauth-period}
Parameter
quiet-period time ——The value for Quiet Period, ranging from 1 to 999 in
seconds. By default, it is 10. Once the supplicant failed to the 802.1X
Authentication, then the switch will not respond to the authentication request
from the same supplicant during the Quiet Period.
reauth-period time ——The maximum time for the switch to wait for the
response from supplicant before resending a request to the supplicant., ranging
from 1 to 9 in second. By default, it is 3.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
98
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the quiet period as 100 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x timeout quiet-period 100
dot1x max-reauth-req
Description
The dot1x max-reauth-req command is used to configure the maximum
transfer times of the repeated authentication request when the server cannot be
connected. To restore to the default value, please use no dot1x
max-reauth-req command.
Syntax
dot1x max-reauth-req times
no dot1x max-reauth-req
Parameter
times —— The maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request,
ranging from 1 to 9 in times. By default, the value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request as
5:
T2500-28TC(config)#dot1x max-reauth-req 5
dot1x
Description
The dot1x command is used to enable the IEEE 802.1X function for a specified
port. To disable the IEEE 802.1X function for a specified port, please use no
dot1x command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
99
Syntax
dot1x
no dot1x
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the IEEE 802.1X function for the Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#dot1x
dot1x guest-vlan(interface)
Description
The dot1x guest-vlan command is used to enable the guest VLAN function for
a specified port. To disable the Guest VLAN function for a specified port, please
use no dot1x guest-vlan command. Please ensure that the Control Type of the
corresponding port is port-based before enabling the guest VLAN function for it.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan
no dot1x guest-vlan
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Guest VLAN function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#dot1x guest-vlan
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
100
dot1x port-control
Description
The dot1x port-control command is used to configure the Control Mode of
IEEE 802.1X for the specified port. By default, the control mode is “auto”. To
restore to the default configuration, please use no dot1x port-control
command.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-force}
no dot1x port-control
Parameter
auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-force —— The Control Mode for the port.
auto: In this mode, the port will normally work only after passing the 802.1X
Authentication.
authorized-force: In this mode, the port can work normally without passing the
802.1X Authentication.
unauthorized-force: In this mode, the port is forbidden working for its fixed
unauthorized status.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Control Mode for Gigabit Ethernet port 25 as “authorized-force”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#dot1x port-control authorized-force
dot1x port-method
Description
The dot1x port-method command is used to configure the control type of IEEE
802.1X for the specified port. By default, the control type is “mac-based”. To
restore to the default configuration, please use no dot1x port-method
command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
101
Syntax
dot1x port-method { mac-based | port-based }
no dot1x port-method
Parameter
mac-based | port-based ——The control type for the port.
mac-based: Any client connected to the port should pass the 802.1X
authentication for access.
port-based: All the clients connected to the port can access the network on the
condition that any one of the clients has passed the 802.1X Authentication.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Control Type for Gigabit Ethernet port 25 as “port-based”:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#dot1x port-method port-based
show dot1x global
Description
The show dot1x global command is used to display the global configuration of
801.X.
Syntax
show dot1x global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of 801.X globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1x global
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
102
show dot1x interface
Description
The show dot1x interface command is used to display all ports or the specified
port’s configuration information of 801.X.
Syntax
show dot1x interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. Display the configuration of all
the ports by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of 801.X for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1x interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
Display the configuration information of 801.X for all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show dot1x interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
103
Chapter 17 PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion Commands
The PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion feature provides a way to extract a Circuit-ID as an identifier for
the authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) access requests on an Ethernet interface.
When enabled, the switch attaches a tag to the PPPoE discovery packets, which is called the
PPPoE Vendor-Specific tag and it contains a unique line identifier. The BRAS receives the tagged
packet, decodes the tag, and uses the Circuit-ID field of that tag as a NAS-Port-ID attribute in the
RADIUS server for PPP authentication and AAA (authentication, authorization, and accounting)
access requests. The switch will remove the Circuit-ID tag from the received PPPoE Active
Discovery Offer and Session-confirmation packets from the BRAS.
pppoe circuit-id(global)
Description
The pppoe circuit-id command is used to enable the PPPoE Circuit-ID
Insertion function globally. To disable the PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function,
please use no pppoe circuit-id command.
Syntax
pppoe circuit-id
no pppoe circuit-id
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function:
T2500-28TC(config)# pppoe circuit-id
pppoe circuit-id(interface)
Description
The pppoe circuit-id command is used to enable the PPPoE Circuit-ID
Insertion function for a specified port. To disable the PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion
function on a specified port, please use no pppoe circuit-id command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
104
Syntax
pppoe circuit-id
no pppoe circuit-id
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function for the Fast Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2500-28TC (config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC (config-if)# pppoe circuit-id
pppoe circuit-id type
Description
The pppoe circuit-id type command is used to configure the type of PPPoE
Circuit-ID for a specified port. By default, the PPPoE Circuit-ID type is “ip”.
Syntax
pppoe circuit-id type { mac | ip | udf [UDF Value] }
Parameter
mac | ip | udf —— The type of PPPoE Circuit-ID for the port.
mac: The MAC address of the switch will be used to encode the Circuit-ID
option.
ip: The IP address of the switch will be used to encode the Circuit-ID option.
This is the default value.
udf: A user specified string with the maximum length of 32 characters will be
used to encode the Circuit-ID option.
UDF Value —— The value of UDF. The maximum length is 32 characters.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
105
Example
Configure the type of PPPoE Circuit-ID as “mac” for the Fast Ethernet port
1/0/1:
T2500-28TC (config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC (config-if)# pppoe circuit-id type mac
show pppoe circuit-id global
Description
The show pppoe circuit-id global command is used to display the global
configuration of PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function.
Syntax
show pppoe circuit-id global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function globally:
T2500-28TC # show pppoe circuit-id global
show pppoe circuit-id interface
Description
The show pppoe circuit-id interface command is used to display all ports’ or
the specified port’s configuration information of PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion
function.
Syntax
show pppoe circuit-id interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
106
Example
Display the configuration information of PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function of
all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC# show pppoe circuit-id interface
Display the configuration of PPPoE Circuit-ID Insertion function of the Fast
Ethernet port 1/0/1 :
T2500-28TC# show pppoe interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
107
Chapter 18 System Log Commands
The log information will record the settings and operation of the switch respectively for you to
monitor operation status and diagnose malfunction.
logging buffer
Description
The logging buffer command is used to configure the severity level and the
status of the configuration input to the log buffer. To disable the logging buffer
function, please use no logging buffer command. Local Log is the log
information saved in the switch. It has two output channels, that is, it can be
saved to two different positions, log buffer and log file. The log buffer indicates
the RAM for saving system log and the information in the log buffer can be got
by show logging buffer command. It will be lost when the switch is restarted.
Syntax
logging buffer level
no logging buffer
Parameter
level —— Severity level of the log information output to each channel. There
are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher
priority. Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be output.
By default, it is 7 indicating that all the log information will be saved in the log
buffer.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the severity level as 6:
T2500-28TC(config)#logging buffer 6
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
108
logging file flash
Description
The logging file flash command is used to configure the level and the status of
the log file input. To disable the logging file flash funtion, please use no logging
file flash command. The log file indicates the flash sector for saving system log.
The information in the log file will not be lost after the switch is restarted and can
be got by the show logging flash command.
Syntax
logging file flash
no logging file flash
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the log file function and set the severity as 7:
T2500-28TC(config)#logging file flash 7
logging file flash frequency
Description
The logging file flash frequency command is used to specify the frequency to
synchronize the system log file in the log buffer to the flash. To resume the
default synchronizing frequency, please use the no logging file flash
frequency command.
Syntax
logging file flash frequency { periodic periodic | immediate }
no logging file flash frequency
Parameter
periodic ——The frequency to synchronize the system log file in the log buffer to
the flash, ranging from 1 to 48 hours. By default, the synchronization process
takes place every 24 hours.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
109
Immediate—— The system log file in the buffer will be synchronized to the flash
immediately. This option will reduce the life of the flash and is not
recommended.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the log file synchronization frequency as 10 hours:
T2500-28TC(config)# logging file flash frequency periodic10
logging file flash level
Description
The logging file flash level command is used to specify the system log
message severity level. Messages will a severity level equal to or higher than
this value will be stored to the flash. To restore to the default level, please use
no logging file flash level command.
Syntax
logging file flash level level
no logging file flash level
Parameter
level —— Severity level of the log information. There are 8 severity levels
marked with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher priority. Only the log
with the same or smaller severity level value will be output. By default, it is 2
indicating that the log information marked with 0–2 will be saved in the log
buffer.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the log file function and set the severity as 7:
T2500-28TC(config)#logging file flash level 7
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
110
clear logging
Description
The clear logging command is used to clear the information in the log buffer
and log file.
Syntax
clear logging [ buffer | flash ]
Parameter
buffer | flash —The output channels: buffer and flash. Clear the information of
the two channels, by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the information in the log file:
T2500-28TC(config)#clear logging buffer
logging host index
Description
The logging host index command is used to configure the Log Host. To clear
the configuration of the specified Log Host, please use no logging host index
command. Log Host is to receive the system log from other devices. You can
remotely monitor the settings and operation status of other devices through the
log host.
Syntax
logging host index idx host-ip level
no logging host index idx
Parameter
idx ——The index of the log host. The switch supports 4 log hosts.
host-ip —— The IP for the log host.
level ——The severity level of the log information sent to each log host. There
are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
111
priority. Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be sent to
the corresponding log host. By default, it is 6 indicating that the log information
marked with 0–6 will be sent to the log host.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the IP address as 192.168.0.148, the level 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#logging host index 2 192.168.0.148 5
show logging local-config
Description
The show logging local-config command is used to display the configuration
of the Local Log including the log buffer and the log file.
Syntax
show logging local-config
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the Local Log:
T2500-28TC(config)#show logging local-config
show logging loghost
Description
The show logging loghost command is used to display the configuration of the
log host.
Syntax
show logging loghost [index]
Parameter
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
112
index ——The index of the log host whose configuration will be displayed.
Display the configuration of all the log hosts by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the log host 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#show logging loghost 2
show logging buffer
Description
The show logging buffer command is used to display the log information in the
log buffer according to the severity level.
Syntax
show logging buffer [level level]
Parameter
level —— Severity level. There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7.
The information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display.
Display all the log information in the log buffer by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the log information from level 0 to level 5 in the log buffer:
T2500-28TC(config)#show logging buffer level 5
show logging flash
Description
The show logging flash command is used to display the log information in the
log file according to the severity level.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
113
Syntax
show logging flash [level level]
Parameter
level ——Severity level. There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7. The
information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display.
Display all the log information in the log file by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the log information with the level marked 0–3 in the log file:
T2500-28TC(config)#show logging flash level 3
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
114
Chapter 19 SSH Commands
SSH (Security Shell) can provide the unsecured remote management with security and powerful
authentication to ensure the security of the management information.
ip ssh server
Description
The ip ssh server command is used to enable SSH function. To disable the
SSH function, please use no ip ssh server command.
Syntax
ip ssh server
no ip ssh server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SSH function:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip ssh server
ip ssh version
Description
The ip ssh version command is used to enable the SSH protocol version. To
disable the protocol version, please use no ip ssh version command.
Syntax
ip ssh version {v1 | v2 }
no ip ssh version {v1 | v2}
Parameter
v1 | v2 —— The SSH protocol version to be enabled. They represent SSH v1
and SSH v2 respectively.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
115
Example
Enable SSH v2:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip ssh version v2
ip ssh timeout
Description
The ip ssh timeout command is used to specify the idle-timeout time of SSH.
To restore to the factory defaults, please use ip ssh timeout command.
Syntax
ip ssh timeout value
no ip ssh timeout
Parameter
value —— The Idle-timeout time. During this period, the system will
automatically release the connection if there is no operation from the client. It
ranges from 1 to 120 in seconds. By default, this value is 120.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the idle-timeout time of SSH as 100 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip ssh timeout 100
ip ssh max-client
Description
The ip ssh max-client command is used to specify the maximum number of the
connections to the SSH server. To return to the default configuration, please use
no ip ssh max-client command.
Syntax
ip ssh max-client num
no ip ssh max-client
Parameter
num —— The maximum number of the connections to the SSH server. It
ranges from 1 to 5. By default, this value is 5.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
116
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the maximum number of the connections to the SSH server as 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip ssh max-client 3
ip ssh download
Description
The ip ssh download command is used to download the SSH key file from
TFTP server.
Syntax
ip ssh download {v1 | v2 } key-file ip-address ip-addr
Parameter
v1 | v2 —— Select the type of SSH key to download, v1 represents SSH-1, v2
represents SSH-2.
key-file —— The name of the key-file which is selected to download. The
length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The key length of the
downloaded file must be in the range of 256 to 3072 bits.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses
are supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download an SSH-1 type key file named ssh-key from TFTP server with the IP
address 192.168.0.148:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip ssh download v1 ssh-key ip-address 192.168.0.148
Download an SSH-1 type key file named ssh-key from TFTP server with the IP
address fe80::1234:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip ssh download v1 ssh-key ip-address fe80::1234
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
117
show ip ssh
Description
The show ip ssh command is used to display the global configuration of SSH.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of SSH:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip ssh
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
118
Chapter 20 SSL Commands
SSL（Secure Sockets Layer）, a security protocol, is to provide a secure connection for the
application layer protocol(e.g. HTTP) based on TCP. Adopting asymmetrical encryption technology,
SSL uses key pair to encrypt/decrypt information. A key pair refers to a public key (contained in the
certificate) and its corresponding private key. By default the switch has a certificate (self-signed
certificate) and a corresponding private key. The Certificate/Key Download function enables the
user to replace the default key pair.
ip http secure-server
Description
The ip http secure-server command is used to enable the SSL function
globally on the switch. To disable the SSL function, please use no ip http
secure-server command. Only the SSL function is enabled, a secure HTTPS
connection can be established.
Syntax
ip http secure-server
no ip http secure-server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SSL function:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip http secure-server
ip http secure-server download certificate
Description
The ip http secure-server download certificate command is used to
download a certificate to the switch from TFTP server.
Syntax
ip http secure-server download certificate ssl-cert ip-address ip-addr
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
119
Parameter
ssl-cert —— The name of the SSL certificate which is selected to download to
the switch. The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The
Certificate must be BASE64 encoded.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses
are supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download an SSL Certificate named ssl-cert from TFTP server with the IP
address of 192.168.0.146:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip http secure-server download certificate ssl-cert
ip-address 192.168.0.146
Download an SSL Certificate named ssl-cert from TFTP server with the IP
address of fe80::1234
T2500-28TC(config)# ip http secure-server download certificate ssl-cert
ip-address fe80::1234
ip http secure-server download key
Description
The ip http secure-server download key command is used to download an
SSL key to the switch from TFTP server.
Syntax
ip http secure-server download key ssl-key ip-address ip-addr
Parameter
ssl-key —— The name of the SSL key which is selected to download to the
switch. The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The Key must
be BASE64 encoded.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses
are supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
120
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download an SSL key named ssl-key from TFTP server with the IP address of
192.168.0.146:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip http secure-server download key ssl-key
ip-address 192.168.0.146
Download an SSL key named ssl-key from TFTP server with the IP address of
fe80::1234
T2500-28TC(config)# ip http secure-server download key ssl-key
ip-address fe80::1234
show ip http secure-server
Description
The show ip http secure-server command is used to display the global
configuration of SSL.
Syntax
show ip http secure-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of SSL:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip http secure-server
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
121
Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands
MAC address configuration can improve the network security by configuring the Port Security and
maintaining the address information by managing the Address Table.
mac address-table static
Description
The mac address-table static command is used to add the static MAC address
entry. To remove the corresponding entry, please use no mac address-table
static command. The static address can be added or removed manually,
independent of the aging time. In the stable networks, the static MAC address
entries can facilitate the switch to reduce broadcast packets and enhance the
efficiency of packets forwarding remarkably.
Syntax
mac address-table static mac-addr vid vid interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port }
no mac address-table static { mac-addr | vid vid | mac mac-addr vid vid |
interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port } }
Parameter
mac-addr —— The MAC address of the entry you desire to add.
vid —— The VLAN ID number of your desired entry. It ranges from 1 to 4094.
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a static Mac address entry to bind the MAC address 00:02:58:4f:6c:23,
VLAN1 and Fast Ethernet port 1 together:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac address-table static 00:02:58:4f:6c:23 vid 1
interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
Delete the static address entry whose VLAN id is 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#no mac address-table static vid 1
Delete the static address entry whose MAC address is 00:02:58:4f:6c:23:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
122
T2500-28TC(config)#no mac address-table static 00:02:58:4f:6c:23
mac address-table aging-time
Description
The mac address-table aging-time command is used to configure aging time
for the dynamic address. To return to the default configuration, please use no
mac address-table aging-time command.
Syntax
mac address-table aging-time aging-time
no mac address-table aging-time
Parameter
aging-time —— The aging time for the dynamic address. The value of it can be
0 or ranges from 10 to 630 seconds. When 0 is entered, the Auto Aging function
is disabled. It is 300 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the aging time as 500 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac address-table aging-time 500
mac address-table filtering
Description
The mac address-table filtering command is used to add the filtering address
entry. To delete the corresponding entry, please use no mac address-table
filtering command. The filtering address function is to forbid the undesired
package to be forwarded. The filtering address can be added or removed
manually, independent of the aging time.
Syntax
mac address-table filtering mac-addr vid vid
no mac address-table filtering { [mac-addr] [vid vid] }
Parameter
mac-addr —— The MAC address to be filtered.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
123
vid —— The corresponding VLAN ID of the MAC address. It ranges from 1 to
4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a filtering address entry of which VLAN ID is 1 and MAC address is
00:1e:4b:04:01:5d:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac address-table filtering 00:1e:4b:04:01:5d vid 1
mac address-table max-mac-count
Description
The mac address-table max-mac-count command is used to configure the
Port Security. To return to the default configurations, please use no mac
address-table max-mac-count command. Port Security is to protect the switch
from the malicious MAC address attack by limiting the maximum number of the
MAC addresses that can be learned on the port. The port with Port Security
feature enabled will learned the MAC address dynamically. When the learned
MAC address number reaches the maximum, the port will stop learning.
Therefore, the other devices with the MAC address unlearned can not access to
the network via this port.
Syntax
mac address-table max-mac-count { [max-number num] [mode { dynamic |
static | permanent } ] [ status { disable | enable } ] }
no mac address-table max-mac-count
Parameter
num —— The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the
port. It ranges from 0 to 64. By default this value is 64.
dynamic | static | permanent —— Learn mode for MAC addresses. There are
three modes, including Dynamic mode, Static mode and Permanent mode.
When Dynamic mode is selected, the learned MAC address will be deleted
automatically after the aging time. When Static mode is selected, the learned
MAC address will be out of the influence of the aging time and can only be
deleted manually. The learned entries will be cleared after the switch is rebooted.
When permanent mode is selected, the learned MAC address will be out of the
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
124
influence of the aging time and can only be deleted manually too. However, the
learned entries will be saved even the switch is rebooted.
status —— Enable or disable the Port Security function for a specified port. By
default, this function is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Port Security function for Fast Ethernet port 1, select Static mode as the
learn mode, and specify the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be
learned on this port as 30:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#mac address-table max-mac-count max-number 30
mode static status enable
show mac address-table
Description
The show mac address-table command is used to display the information of all
address entries.
Syntax
show mac address-table {dynamic | static | drop | all }
Parameter
dynamic | static | drop | all —— The type of your desired entry.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all address entries:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table all
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
125
show mac address-table aging-time
Description
The show mac address-table aging-time command is used to display the
Aging Time of the MAC address.
Syntax
show mac address-table aging-time
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Aging Time of the MAC address:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table max-mac-count interface
Description
The show mac address-table max-mac-count interface command is used to
display the security configuration of an Ethernet port or of all Fast/Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show mac address-table max-mac-count interface { fastEthernet [port] |
gigabitEthernet [port] }
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the security configuration of all Gigabit Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table max-mac-count interface
gigabitEthernet
Display the security configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table max-mac-count interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
126
show mac address-table interface
Description
The show mac address-table interface command is used to display the
address configuration of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show mac address-table interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the address configuration of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
show mac address-table count
Description
The show mac address-table count command is used to display the total
amount of MAC address table.
Syntax
show mac address-table count
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the total amount of MAC address table:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table count
show mac address-table address
Description
The show mac address-table address command is used to display the
information of a specified MAC address.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
127
Syntax
show mac address-table address mac-addr
Parameter
mac-addr —— The specified MAC address.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the MAC address 00:00:00:23:00:00:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table address 00:00:00:23:00:00:
show mac address-table vlan
Description
The show mac address-table vlan command is used to display the MAC
address configuration of the specified vlan.
Syntax
show mac address-table vlan vid
Parameter
vid —— The specified VLAN id.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the MAC address configuration of vlan 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show mac address-table vlan 1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
128
Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands
System Configuration Commands can be used to configure the system information and system IP
of the switch, and to reboot and reset the switch, upgrade the switch system and commands used
for device diagnose, including loopback test and cable test.
system-time manual
Description
The system-time manual command is used to configure the system time
manually.
Syntax
system-time manual time
Parameter
time
——
Set the date and time manually, in the format of MM/DD/YYYY-
HH:MM: SS.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system time as 02/14/2012-12:30:00:
T2500-28TC(config)#system-time manual 02/14/2012-12:30:00
system-time ntp
Description
The system-time ntp command is used to configure the time zone and the IP
address for the NTP Server. The switch will get UTC automatically if it has
connected to an NTP Server.
Syntax
system-time ntp { timezone } { ntp-server } { backup-ntp-server }
{ fetching-rate }
Parameter
timezone —— Your local time-zone, and it ranges from UTC-12:00 to
UTC+13:00.
The detailed information that each time-zone means are displayed as follow:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
129
UTC-12:00 —— TimeZone for International Date Line West.
UTC-11:00 —— TimeZone for Coordinated Universal Time-11.
UTC-10:00 —— TimeZone for Hawaii.
UTC-09:00 —— TimeZone for Alaska.
UTC-08:00 —— TimeZone for Pacific Time(US Canada).
UTC-07:00 —— TimeZone for Mountain Time(US Canada).
UTC-06:00 —— TimeZone for Central Time(US Canada).
UTC-05:00 —— TimeZone for Eastern Time(US Canada).
UTC-04:30 —— TimeZone for Caracas.
UTC-04:00 —— TimeZone for Atlantic Time(Canada).
UTC-03:30 —— TimeZone for Newfoundland.
UTC-03:00 —— TimeZone for Buenos Aires, Salvador, Brasilia.
UTC-02:00 —— TimeZone for Mid-Atlantic.
UTC-01:00 —— TimeZone for Azores, Cape Verde Is.
UTC —— TimeZone for Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London.
UTC+01:00 —— TimeZone for Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm,
Vienna.
UTC+02:00 —— TimeZone for Cairo, Athens, Bucharest, Amman, Beirut,
Jerusalem.
UTC+03:00 —— TimeZone for Kuwait, Riyadh, Baghdad.
UTC+03:30 —— TimeZone for Te hran.
UTC+04:00 —— TimeZone for Moscow, St.Petersburg, Volgograd, Tbilisi, Port
Louis.
UTC+04:30 —— TimeZone for Kabul.
UTC+05:00 —— TimeZone for Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent.
UTC+05:30 —— TimeZone for Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi.
UTC+05:45 —— TimeZone for Kathmandu.
UTC+06:00 —— TimeZone for Dhaka,Astana, Ekaterinburg.
UTC+06:30 —— TimeZone for Yangon (Rangoon).
UTC+07:00 —— TimeZone for Novosibrisk, Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta.
UTC+08:00 —— TimeZone for Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi,
Singapore.
UTC+09:00 —— TimeZone for Seoul, Irkutsk, Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo.
UTC+09:30 —— TimeZone for Darwin, Adelaide.
UTC+10:00 —— TimeZone for Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane.
UTC+11:00 —— TimeZone for Solomon Is., New Caledonia, Vladivostok.
UTC+12:00 —— TimeZone for Fiji, Magadan, Auckland, Welington.
UTC+13:00 —— TimeZone for Nuku'alofa, Samoa.
ntp-server —— The IP address for the Primary NTP Server.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
130
backup-ntp-server —— The IP address for the Secondary NTP Server.
fetching-rate —— Specify the rate fetching time from NTP server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system time mode as NTP, the time zone is UTC-12:00, the
primary NTP server is 133.100.9.2 and the secondary NTP server is
139.78.100.163, the fetching-rate is 11 hours:
T2500-28TC(config)#system-time ntp UTC-12:00 133.100.9.2 139.79.100.163
11
system-time dst predefined
Description
The system-time dst predefined command is used to select a predefined DST
configuration and the configuration can be recycled.
Syntax
system-time dst predefined [ USA | Australia | European | New-Zealand ]
Parameter
USA | Australia | European | New-Zealand —— Predefined DST mode, with
four options: USA, Australia, European and New-Zealand. By default, the
setting is “European”.
The DST time periods which the four predefined DST mode represents are
displayed as follow:
USA: Second Sunday in March, 02:00 – First Sunday in November, 02:00.
Australia: First Sunday in October, 02:00 – First Sunday in April, 03:00.
European: Last Sunday in March, 01:00 – Last Sunday in October, 01:00.
New Zealand: Last Sunday in September, 02:00 – First Sunday in April, 03:00.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the DST period of the switch as European:
T2500-28TC(config)#system-time dst predefined European
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
131
system-time dst date
Description
The system-time dst date command is used to specify the DST configuration
in Date mode. This configuration is one-off in use. By default, the current year is
used as the starting time. DST time periods should be within 12 months over
one/two year.
Syntax
system-time dst date {smonth} {sday} {stime} {emonth} {eday} {etime} [offset]
Parameter
smonth —— Month to start, with the options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul,
Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec
sday
——
Day to start, ranging from 1 to 31. Please mind that the number of
days depends on the month.
stime —— Time to start, in the format of hh:mm.
emonth —— Month to end, with the options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul,
Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec
eday —— Day to end, ranging from 1 to 31. Please mind that the number of
days depends on the month.
etime —— Time to end, in the format of hh:mm.
offset —— Specify the time adding in minutes when Daylight Saving Time
comes. The value ranges from 1 to 1440 and the default value is 60 minutes. It
is optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the DST start time as 00:00 am on April 1st, the end time as 00:00 am
on October 1st and the offset as 30 minutes:
T2500-28TC(config)#system-time dst date Apr 1 00:00 Oct 1 00:00 30
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
132
system-time dst recurring
Description
The system-time dst recurring command is used to specify the DST
configuration in recurring mode. This configuration is recurring in use. The time
period is not restricted to be within one year.
Syntax
system-time dst recurring {sweek} {sday} {smonth} {stime} {eweek} {eday}
{emonth} {etime} [offset]
Parameter
sweek
——
Week to start, with the options: first, second, third, fourth, last.
sday
——
Day to start, with the options: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat.
smonth
——
Month to start, with options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug,
Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec.
stime
——
Time to start, in the format of: hh:mm.
eweek
——
Week to end, with options: first, second, third, fourth, last.
eday
——
Day to end, with options: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat.
emonth
——
Month to end, with options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug,
Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec.
etime
——
Time to end, in the format of: hh:mm.
offset
——
Specify the time adding in minutes when Daylight Saving Time
comes. The range of value depends and the default value is 60 minutes. It is
optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the DST start time of the switch as 2:00 am on the first Sunday in May,
the end time as 2:00 am on the last Sunday in October and the offset as 45
minutes:
T2500-28TC(config)#system-time dst recurring first Sun May 02:00 last Sun
Oct 02:00 45
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
133
hostname
Description
The hostname command is used to configure the system name. To clear the
system name information, please use no hostname command.
Syntax
hostname hostname
no hostname hostname
Parameter
hostname —— System Name, ranging from 1 to 32 characters. It is the
product name by default. Here it is T2500-28TC.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system name as TPLINK:
T2500-28TC(config)#hostname TPLINK
location
Description
The location command is used to configure the system location. To clear the
system location information, please use no location command.
Syntax
location location
no location location
Parameter
location —— Device Location. It consists of 32 characters at most. It is
SHENZHEN by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system location as GUANGZHOU:
T2500-28TC(config)#location GUANGZHOU
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
134
contact-info
Description
The contact-info command is used to configure the system contact information.
To clear the system contact information, please use no contact-info command.
Syntax
contact-info contact_info
no contact-info contact_info
Parameter
contact_info —— Contact Information. It consists of 32 characters at most. It is
www.tp-link.com by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system contact information as www.tp-link.com:
T2500-28TC(config)#contact-info www.tp-link.com
ip management-vlan
Description
The ip management-vlan command is used to configure the management
VLAN, through which you can log on to the switch. By default the management
VLAN is VLAN1.
Syntax
ip management-vlan {vlan-id}
Parameter
vlan-id —— VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the VLAN6 as management VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip management-vlan 6
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
135
ip address
Description
The ip address command is used to configure the system IP address, Subnet
Mask and Default Gateway. To restore to the factory defaults, please use no ip
address command. This command should be configured in the Interface
Configuration Mode of the management VLAN.
Syntax
ip address {ip-addr} {ip-mask} [gateway]
no ip address
Parameter
ip-addr —— The system IP of the switch. The default system IP is 192.168.0.1.
ip-mask —— The Subnet Mask of the switch. The default Subnet Mask is
255.255.255.0.
gateway —— The Default Gateway of the switch. By default, it is empty.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Configure the system IP as 192.168.0.69 and the Subnet Mask as
255.255.255.0 when the management VLAN of the switch is VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.69 255.255.255.0
ip address-alloc dhcp
Description
The ip address-alloc dhcp command is used to enable the DHCP Client
function. When this function is enabled, the switch will obtain IP from DHCP
Client server. This command should be configured in the Interface Configuration
Mode of the management VLAN.
Syntax
ip address-alloc dhcp
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
136
Example
Enable the DHCP Client function when the management VLAN of the switch is
VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ip address-alloc dhcp
ip address-alloc bootp
Description
The ip address-alloc bootp command is used to enable the BOOTP Protocol.
When the BOOTP Protocol is enabled, the switch will obtain IP address from
BOOTP Server. This command should be configured in the Interface
Configuration Mode of the management VLAN.
Syntax
ip address-alloc bootp
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Enable the BOOTP Protocol to obtain IP address from BOOTP Server when the
management VLAN of the switch is VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ip address-alloc bootp
reset
Description
The reset command is used to reset the switch’s software. After resetting, all
configuration of the switch will restore to the factory defaults and your current
settings will be lost.
Syntax
reset
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
137
Example
Reset the software of the switch:
T2500-28TC#reset
reboot
Description
The reboot command is used to reboot the Switch. To avoid damage, please
don’t turn off the device while rebooting.
Syntax
reboot
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Reboot the switch:
T2500-28TC#reboot
copy running-config startup-config
Description
The copy running-config startup-config command is used to save the current
settings.
Syntax
copy running-config startup-config
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save current settings:
T2500-28TC#copy running-config startup-config
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
138
copy startup-config tftp
Description
The copy startup-config tftp command is used to backup the configuration file
to TFTP server.
Syntax
copy startup-config tftp ip-address ip-addr filename name
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are
supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
name —— Specify the name for the configuration file which would be
backuped.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Backup the configuration files to TFTP server with the IP 192.168.0.148 and
name this file config:
T2500-28TC# copy startup-config tftp ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
Backup the configuration files to TFTP server with the IP fe80::1234 and name
this file config:
T2500-28TC# copy startup-config tftp ip-address fe80::1234 filename config
copy tftp startup-config
Description
The copy tftp startup-config command is used to download the configuration
file to the switch from TFTP server.
Syntax
copy tftp startup-config ip-address ip-addr filename name
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are
supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
139
name —— Specify the name for the configuration file which would be
downloaded.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Download the configuration file named as config to the switch from TFTP server
with the IP 192.168.0.148:
T2500-28TC# copy tftp startup-config ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
Download the configuration file named as config to the switch from TFTP server
with the IP fe80::1234
T2500-28TC# copy tftp startup-config ip-address fe80::1234 filename config
firmware upgrade
Description
The firmware upgrade command is used to upgrade the switch system file via
the TFTP server.
Syntax
firmware upgrade ip-address ip-addr filename name
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are
supported, for example 192.168.0.1 or fe80::1234.
name —— Specify the name for the firmware file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Upgrade the switch system file named as firmware.bin via the TFTP server with
the IP address 192.168.0.148:
T2500-28TC# firmware upgrade ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
firmware.bin
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
140
Upgrade the switch system file named as firmware.bin via the TFTP server with
the IP address fe80::1234
T2500-28TC# firmware upgrade ip-address fe80::1234 filename firmware.bin
ping
Description
The ping command is used to test the connectivity between the switch and one
node of the network.
Syntax
ping [ ip | ipv6 ] { ip_addr } [ -n count ] [ -l count ] [ -i count ]
Parameter
ip —— The type of the IP address for ping test should be IPv4.
ipv6 —— The type of the IP address for ping test should be IPv6.
ip_addr —— The IP address of the destination node for ping test. If the
parameter ip/ipv6 is not selected, both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported,
for example 192.168.0.100 or fe80::1234.
-n count —— The amount of times to send test data during Ping testing. It
ranges from 1 to 10. By default, this value is 4.
-l count —— The size of the sending data during ping testing. It ranges from 1
to 1024 bytes. By default, this value is 64.
-i count —— The interval to send ICMP request packets. It ranges from 100 to
1000 milliseconds. By default, this value is 1000.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
To test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
192.168.0.131, please specify the count (-l) as 512 bytes and count (-i) as 1000
milliseconds. If there is not any response after 8 times’ Ping test, the connection
between the switch and the network device is failed to establish:
T2500-28TC# ping 192.168.0.131 –n 8 –l 512
To test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
fe80::1234, please specify the count (-l) as 512 bytes and count (-i) as 1000
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
141
milliseconds. If there is not any response after 8 times’ Ping test, the connection
between the switch and the network device is failed to establish:
T2500-28TC# ping fe80::1234 –n 8 –l 512
tracert
Description
The tracert command is used to test the connectivity of the gateways during its
journey from the source to destination of the test data.
Syntax
tracert [ ip | ipv6 ] ip_addr [ maxHops ]
Parameter
ip —— The type of the IP address for tracert test should be IPv4.
ipv6 —— The type of the IP address for tracert test should be IPv6.
ip_addr —— The IP address of the destination device. If the parameter ip/ipv6
is not selected, both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported, for example
192.168.0.100 or fe80::1234.
maxHops —— The maximum number of the route hops the test data can pass
though. It ranges from 1 to 30. By default, this value is 4.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
192.168.0.131. If the destination device has not been found after 20 maxHops,
the connection between the switch and the destination device is failed to
establish:
T2500-28TC# tracert 192.168.0.131 20
Test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
fe80::1234. If the destination device has not been found after 20 maxHops, the
connection between the switch and the destination device is failed to establish:
T2500-28TC# tracert fe80::1234 20
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
142
loopback interface
Description
The loopback interface command is used to test whether the port is available
or not.
Syntax
loopback interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port } { internal |
external }
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
internal | external —— Loopback Type. There are two options: “internal” and
“external”.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Do an internal-type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC# loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25 internal
Do an external-type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC# loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25 external
show system-time
Description
The show system-time command is used to display the current time system
and its source.
Syntax
show system-time
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the time information of the switch:
T2500-28TC#show system-time
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
143
show system-time dst
Description
The show system-time dst command is used to display the DST time
information of the switch.
Syntax
show system-time dst
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DST time information of the switch
T2500-28TC#show system-time dst
show system-time ntp
Description
The show system-time ntp command is used to display the NTP mode
configuration information.
Syntax
show system-time ntp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the NTP mode configuration information of the switch:
T2500-28TC#show system-time ntp
show system-info
Description
The show system-info command is used to display system description, system
name, device location, system contact, hardware version, firmware version,
serial number, system time and running time.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
144
Syntax
show system-info
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system information:
T2500-28TC#show system-info
show running-config
Description
The show running-config command is used to display the current operating
configuration of the system or of a specified port.
Syntax
show running-config [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port } ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system current operating configuration:
T2500-28TC#show running-config
show cable-diagnostics interface
Description
The show cable-diagnostics interface command is used to display the cable
diagnostics of the connected Ethernet Port., which facilitates you to check the
connection status of the cable connected to the Switch, locate and diagnose the
trouble spot of the network.
Syntax
show cable-diagnostics interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
145
Parameter
port —— The number of the port which is selected for Cable test.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Show the cable-diagnostics of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC#show cable-diagnostics interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
146
Chapter 23 IPv6 Address Configuration Commands
The IPv6 address configuration commands are provided in the Interface VLAN Mode. Type
enable →configure→interface vlan {vlan-id} to enter the Interface Configuration Mode of the
management VLAN. By default the management VLAN is VLAN1. You can use the command ip
management-vlan {vlan-id} in the Global Configuration Mode to configure the management
VLAN.
ipv6 enable
Description
This command is used to enable the IPv6 function globally. The IPv6 function should be
enabled before the IPv6 address configuration management. By default it is enabled. If
the IPv6 function is disabled, the corresponding IPv6 netstack and IPv6-based modules
will be invalid, for example SSHv6, SSLv6, TFTPv6 etc. To disable the IPv6 function,
please use no ipv6 enable command.
Syntax
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode（interface vlan）
Example
Enable the IPv6 function when the management VLAN of the switch is VLAN1：
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 enable
ipv6 address autoconfig
Description
This command is used to enable the automatic configuration of the ipv6 link-local
address. The switch has only one ipv6 link-local address, which can be configured
automatically or manually. The general ipv6 link-local address has the prefix as
fe80::/10. IPv6 routers cannot forward packets that have link-local source or
destination addresses to other links. The autuconfigured ipv6 link-local address is in
EUI-64 format. To verify the uniqueness of the link-local address, the manually
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
147
configured ipv6 link-local address will be deleted when the autoconfigured ipv6
link-local address takes effect.
Syntax
ipv6 address autoconfig
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Enable the automatic configuration of the ipv6 link-local address when the
management VLAN of the switch is VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address autoconfig
ipv6 address link-local
Description
The ipv6 address link-local command is used to configure the system ipv6
link-local address manually. To delete the configured link-local address, please
use no ipv6 address link-local command.
Syntax
ipv6 address ipv6-addr link-local
no ipv6 address ipv6-addr link-local
Parameter
ipv6-addr —— The link-local address of the switch. It should be a standardized
IPv6 address with the prefix fe80::/10, otherwise this command will be invalid.
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (Interface vlan)
Example
Configure the link-local address as fe80::1234 when the management VLAN of
the switch is VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address fe80::1234 link-local
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
148
ipv6 address dhcp
Description
The ipv6 address dhcp command is used to enable the DHCPv6 Client
function. When this function is enabled, the switch will try to obtain IP from
DHCPv6 server. To delete the allocated IP from DHCPv6 server and disable the
DHCPv6 Client function, please use no ipv6 address dhcp command.
Syntax
ipv6 address dhcp
no ipv6 address dhcp
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Enable the DHCP Client function when the management VLAN of the switch is
VLAN1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address dhcp
ipv6 address ra
Description
This command is used to configure the switch’s global IPv6 address according
to the address prefix and other configuration parameters from its received
RA(Router Advertisement) message. To disable this function, please use no
ipv6 address ra command.
Syntax
ipv6 address ra
no ipv6 address ra
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Enable the automatic ipv6 address configuration function to obtain IPv6 address
through the RA message when the management VLAN of the switch is VLAN1:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
149
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address ra
ipv6 address eui-64
Description
This command is used to manually configure a global IPv6 address with an
extended unique identifier (EUI) in the low-order 64 bits on the interface. Specify
only the network prefix. The last 64 bits are automatically computed from the
switch MAC address. To remove an EUI-64 IPv6 address from the interface,
please use the no ipv6 address eui-64 command.
Syntax
ipv6 address ipv6-addr eui-64
no ipv6 address ipv6-addr eui-64
Parameter
ipv6-addr —— Global IPv6 address with 64 bits network prefix, for example
3ffe::1/64.
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Configure an EUI-64 global address on the interface with the network prefix
3ffe::1/64
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address 3ffe::1/64 eui-64
ipv6 address
Description
This command is used to manually configure a global IPv6 address on the
interface. To remove a global IPv6 address from the interface, please use no
ipv6 address command.
Syntax
ipv6 address ipv6-addr
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
150
no ipv6 address ipv6-addr
Parameter
ipv6-addr —— Global IPv6 address with network prefix, for example 3ffe::1/64.
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
Example
Configure the global address 3001::1/64 on the interface:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 address 3001::1/64
show ipv6 interface vlan
Description
This command is used to display the configured ipv6 information of the
management vlan,interface, including ipv6 function status, link-local address
and global address, ipv6 multicast groups etc.
Syntax
show ipv6 interface vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id—— The VLAN ID of the management VLAN.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the ipv6 information of the management vlan interface:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 interface vlan 1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
151
Chapter 24 Ethernet Configuration Commands
Ethernet Configuration Commands can be used to configure the Bandwidth Control, Negotiation
Mode and Storm Control for Ethernet ports.
interface fastEthernet
Description
The interface fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface
fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Fast Ethernet
port.
Syntax
interface fastEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
To enter the Interface fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Fast
Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
interface range fastEthernet
Description
The interface range fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface
range fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Fast Ethernet
ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range fastEthernet port-list
Parameter
port-list —— The list of Fast Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
152
User Guidelines
Command in the Interface Range fastEthernet Mode is executed
independently on all ports in the range. It does not effect the execution on the
other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port.
Example
To enter the Interface Range fastEthernet Configuration Mode, and configure
ports 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 9 at the same time by adding them to one port-list:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/1-3,1/0/6-7,1/0/9
interface gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface
gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Gigabit
Ethernet port.
Syntax
interface gigabitEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
To enter the Interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Gigabit
Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
interface range gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface range gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface
range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Gigabit
Ethernet ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range gigabitEthernet port-list
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
153
Parameter
port-list —— The list of Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
Command in the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Mode is executed
independently on all ports in the range. It does not affect the execution on the
other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port.
Example
To enter the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode, and configure
Gigabit Ethernet ports 25, 26 and 28 at the same time by adding them to one
port-list:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/25-26,1/0/28
description
Description
The description command is used to add a description to the Ethernet port. To
clear the description of the corresponding port, please use no description
command.
Syntax
description string
no description
Parameter
string —— Content of a port description, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Add a description Port_5 to Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#description Port_5
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
154
shutdown
Description
The shutdown command is used to disable an Ethernet port. To enable this port
again, please use no shutdown command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Disable Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#shutdown
flow-control
Description
The flow-control command is used to enable the flow-control function for a port.
To disable the flow-control function for this corresponding port, please use no
flow-control command. With the flow-control function enabled, the Ingress
Rate and Egress Rate can be synchronized to avoid packet loss in the network.
Syntax
flow-control
no flow-control
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the flow-control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#flow-control
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
155
media-type
Description
The media-type command is used to configure the media type of Combo port.
For a Combo port, the media type should be configured before you set its speed
and mode.
Syntax
media-type { rj45 | sfp }
Parameter
rj45 | sfp —— Media type.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface gigabitEthernet / interface range
gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the media type of Combo port 28T as “SFP”:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/28
T2500-28TC(config-if)# media-type sfp
duplex
Description
The duplex command is used to configure the Duplex Mode for an Ethernet
port. To return to the default configuration, please use no duplex command.
Syntax
duplex { full | half }
no duplex
Parameter
full | half —— The duplex mode of the Ethernet port. There are two options:
full-duplex mode (default) and half-duplex mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Duplex Mode as full-duplex for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
156
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#duplex full
speed
Description
The speed command is used to configure the Speed Mode for an Ethernet port.
To return to the default configuration, please use no speed command.
Syntax
speed { 10 | 100 | 1000 | auto }
no speed
Parameter
10 | 100 | 1000 | auto —— The speed mode of the Ethernet port. There are
four options: 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 1000Mbps and Auto negotiation mode
(default).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Speed Mode as 100Mbps for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#speed 100
storm-control broadcast
Description
The storm-control broadcast command is used to enable the broadcast
control function. To disable the broadcast control function, please use no
storm-control broadcast command. Broadcast control function allows the
switch to filter broadcast in the network. If the transmission rate of the broadcast
packets exceeds the set bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded
to avoid network broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast [rate rate]
no storm-control broadcast
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
157
Parameter
rate —— Specify the bandwidth for receiving broadcast packets on the port.
The packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. By default, the
value is “128K”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the broadcast control function for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#storm-control broadcast
storm-control multicast
Description
The storm-control multicast command is used to enable the multicast control
function. To disable the multicast control function, please use no storm-control
multicast command. Multicast control function allows the switch to filter
multicast in the network. If the transmission rate of the multicast packets
exceeds the set bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid
network broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control multicast [rate rate]
no storm-control multicast
Parameter
rate —— Select the bandwidth for receiving multicast packets on the port. The
packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. By default, the value is
“128K”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the multicast control function for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
158
T2500-28TC(config-if)#storm-control multicast
storm-control unicast
Description
The storm-control unicast command is used to enbale the unicast control
function. To disable the unicast control function, please use no storm-control
unicast command. Unicast control function allows the switch to filter UL frame
in the network. If the transmission rate of the UL frames exceeds the set
bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid network
broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control unicast [rate rate]
no storm-control unicast
Parameter
rate —— Select the bandwidth for receiving UL-Frame on the port. The packet
traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. By default, the value is
“128K”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the unicast control function for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#storm-control unicast
bandwidth
Description
The bandwidth command is used to configure the bandwidth limit for an
Ethernet port. To disable the bandwidth limit, please use no bandwidth
command.
Syntax
bandwidth { [ingress ingress-rate] [egress egress-rate] }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
159
no bandwidth { all | ingress | egress }
Parameter
ingress-rate ——Specify the bandwidth for receiving packets. Range: 1-100000
for the megaport, 1-1000000 for the gigaport.
egress-rate —— Specify the bandwidth for sending packets. Range:1-100000
for the megaport, 1- 1000000 for the gigaport.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the ingress-rate as 5120Kbps and egress-rate as 1024Kbps for Fast
Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#bandwidth ingress 5120 egress 1024
clear counters
Description
The clear counters command is used to clear the statistic information of all the
Ethernet ports.
Syntax
clear counters
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistic information of all Ethernet ports
T2500-28TC(config)#clear counters
show interface status
Description
The show interface status command is used to display the connective-status
of an Ethernet port.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
160
Syntax
show interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port] status
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the connective-status of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface status
Display the connective-status of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface fastEthernet 1/0/1 status
show interface counters
Description
The show interface counters command is used to display the statistic
information of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port] counters
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the statistic
information of all ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the statistic information of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface counters
Display the statistic information of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25 counters
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
161
show interface description
Description
The show interface description command is used to display the description of
all ports or an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port] description
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the description of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface description
show interface flowcontrol
Description
The show interface flowcontrol command is used to display the flow-control
information of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ] flowcontrol
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the flow-control information of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC#show interface flowcontrol
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
162
show interface configuration
Description
The show interface configuration command is used to display the
configurations of an Ethernet port, including Port-status, Flow Control,
Negotiation Mode and Port-description.
Syntax
show interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ] configuration
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configurations of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show interface configuration
show storm-control
Description
The show storm-control command is used to display the storm-control
information of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show storm-control [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
range fastEthernet port-list | range gigabitEthernet port-list } ]
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
port-list
——
The list of Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the storm-control information of port Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show storm-control interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
Display the storm-control information of port Fast Ethernet ports 4,5,6,7:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
163
T2500-28TC(config)#show storm-control interface range fastEthernet
1/0/4-7
show bandwidth
Description
The show bandwidth command is used to display the bandwidth-limit
information of Ethernet port.
Syntax
show bandwidth [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port | range
fastEthernet port-list | range gigabitEthernet port-list } ]
Parameter
port
——
The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
port-list ——The list of Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the bandwidth-limit information of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show bandwidth interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
Display the bandwidth-limit information of Fast Ethernet ports 2, 6, 7, 8:
T2500-28TC(config)#show bandwidth interface range fastEthernet
1/0/2,1/0/6-8
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
164
Chapter 25 QoS Commands
QoS (Quality of Service) function is used to optimize the network performance. It provides you with
network service experience of a better quality.
qos
Description
The qos command is used to configure CoS (Class of Service) based on port.
To return to the default configuration, please use no qos command.
Syntax
qos cos-id
no qos
Parameter
cos-id —— The priority of port. It ranges from 0 to 7, which represent CoS0-
CoS7 respectively. By default, the priority is 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
User Guidelines
Port priority is one property of the port. When the port priority is specified, the
data will be classified into the egress queue based on the CoS value of the
ingress port and the mapping relation between the CoS and TC in IEEE 802.1P.
Example
Configure the priority of port 5 as 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#qos 3
qos cos
Description
The qos cos command is used to enable the mapping relation between
IEEE802.1P Priority and TC egress queue. To disable the mapping relation,
please use no qos cos command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
165
Syntax
qos cos
no qos cos
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
IEEE 802.1P gives the Pri field in IEEE 802.1Q tag a recommended definition.
When the mapping relation between IEEE 802.1P Priority and TC egress queue
is enabled, the data will be classified into the egress queue based on this
mapping relation.
Example
Enable the mapping relation between IEEE 802.1P Priority and egress queue:
T2500-28TC(config)#qos cos
qos dscp
Description
The qos dscp command is used to enable the mapping relation between DSCP
Priority and TC egress queue. To disable the mapping relation, please use no
qos dscp command.
Syntax
qos dscp
no qos dscp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE.
DSCP priorities are mapped to the corresponding 802.1p priorities. IP datagram
will be classified into the egress queue based on the mapping relation between
DSCP priority and TC egress queue.
Example
Enable the mapping relation between DSCP Priority and egress queue:
T2500-28TC(config)#qos dscp
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
166
qos queue cos-map
Description
The qos queue cos-map command is used to configure the mapping relation
between IEEE 802.1P priority tag/IEEE 802.1Q tag, CoS value and the TC
egress queue. To return to the default configuration, please use no qos queue
cos-map command. When 802.1P Priority is enabled, the packets with 802.1Q
tag are mapped to different priority levels based on 802.1P priority mode. The
untagged packets are mapped based on port priority mode.
Syntax
qos queue cos-map tag/cos-id tc-id
no qos queue cos-map
Parameter
tag/cos-id —— The 8 priority levels defined by IEEE 802.1P or the priority level
the packets with tag are mapped to, which ranges from CoS 0 to CoS 7.
tc-id —— The egress queue the packets with tag are mapped to. It ranges from
0 to 3, which represents TC0, TC1, TC2, TC3 respectively.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1. By default, the mapping relation between tag/cos and the egress queue is:
0-TC0, 1-TC0, 2-TC1, 3-TC1, 4-TC2, 5-TC2, 6-TC3, 7-TC3
2. Among the priority levels TC0-TC3, the bigger value, the higher
priority.
Example
Map CoS 5 to TC 2.:
T2500-28TC(config)#qos queue cos-map 5 2
qos queue dscp-map
Description
The qos queue dscp-map command is used to configure the mapping relation
between DSCP Priority and the TC egress queue. To return to the default
configuration, please use no qos queue dscp-map command. DSCP (DiffServ
Code Point) is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE. This field is used to
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
167
divide IP datagram into 64 priorities. When DSCP Priority is enabled, IP
datagram are mapped to different priority levels based on DSCP priority mode;
non-IP datagram with IEEE 802.1Q tag are mapped to different priority levels
based on IEEE 802.1P priority mode if IEEE 802.1P Priority is enabled; the
untagged non-IP datagram are mapped based on port priority mode.
Syntax
qos queue dscp-map dscp-list tc-id
no qos queue dscp-map
Parameter
dscp-list —— List of DSCP value. One or several DSCP values can be typed
using comma to separate. Use a hyphen to designate a range of values, for
instance, 1,4-7,11 indicates choosing 1,4,5,6,7,11. The DSCP value ranges
from 0 to 63.
tc-id —— The egress queue the packets with tag are mapped to. It ranges from
0 to 3, which represents TC0, TC1, TC2, TC3 respectively.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1. By default, the mapping relation between tag and the egress queue is:
(0-15)-TC0, (16-31)-TC1, (32-47)-TC2, (48-63)-TC3
2. Among the priority levels TC0-TC3, the bigger value, the higher
priority.
Example
Map DSCP values 10-12 to TC 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#qos queue dscp-map 10-12 2
qos queue mode
Description
The qos queue mode command is used to configure the Schedule Mode. To
return to the default configuration, please use no qos queue mode command.
When the network is congested, the program that many packets complete for
resources must be solved, usually in the way of queue scheduling. The switch
will control the forwarding sequence of the packets according to the priority
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
168
queues and scheduling algorithms you set. On this switch, the priority levels are
labeled as TC0, TC1… TC3.
Syntax
qos queue mode { sp | wrr | sp+wrr | equ }
no qos queue mode
Parameter
sp —— Strict-Priority Mode. In this mode, the queue with higher priority will
occupy the whole bandwidth. Packets in the queue with lower priority are sent
only when the queue with higher priority is empty.
wrr —— Weight Round Robin Mode. In this mode, packets in all the queues
are sent in order based on the weight value for each queue. The weight value
ratio of TC0, TC1, TC2 and TC3 is 1:2:4:8.
sp+wrr —— Strict-Priority + Weight Round Robin Mode. In this mode, the
switch provides two scheduling groups, SP group and WRR group. Queues in
SP group and WRR group are scheduled strictly based on Strict-Priority mode
while the queues inside WRR group follow the WRR mode. In SP + WRR mode,
TC3 is the SP group; TC0, TC1 and TC2 belong to the WRR group and the
weight value ratio of TC0, TC1 and TC2 is 1:2:4. In this way, when scheduling
queues, the switch allows TC3 to occupy the whole bandwidth following the SP
mode and the TC0, TC1 and TC2 in the WRR group will take up the bandwidth
according to their ratio 1:2:4.
equ —— Equal-Mode. In this mode, all the queues occupy the bandwidth
equally. The weight value ratio of all the queues is 1:1:1:1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Schedule Mode as Weight Round Robin Mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#qos queue mode wrr
show qos interface
Description
The show qos interface command is used to display the configuration of QoS
based on port priority.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
169
Syntax
show qos interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port | range
fastEthernet port-list | range gigabitEthernet port-list ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
port-list —— The list of Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of QoS for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC#show qos interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
Display the configuration of QoS for Fast Ethernet ports 7 to 16:
T2500-28TC#show qos interface range fastEthernet 1/0/7-16
show qos cos-map
Description
The show qos cos-map command is used to display the configuration of
IEEE802.1P Priority and the mapping relation between cos-id and tc-id.
Syntax
show qos cos-map
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of IEEE 802.1P Priority and the mapping relation
between cos-id and tc-id:
T2500-28TC#show qos cos-map
show qos dscp-map
Description
The show qos dscp-map command is used to display the configuration of
DSCP Priority.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
170
Syntax
show qos dscp-map
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of DSCP Priority:
T2500-28TC#show qos dscp-map
show qos queue mode
Description
The show qos queue mode command is used to display the schedule rule of
the egress queues.
Syntax
show qos queue mode
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the schedule rule of the egress queues:
T2500-28TC#show qos queue mode
show qos status
Description
The show qos status command is used to display the status of IEEE 802.1P
priority and DSCP priority.
Syntax
show qos status
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the status of IEEE 802.1P priority and DSCP priority:
T2500-28TC#show qos status
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
171
Chapter 26 Port Mirror Commands
Port Mirror refers to the process of forwarding copies of packets from one port to a monitoring port.
Usually, the monitoring port is connected to data diagnose device, which is used to analyze the
monitored packets for monitoring and troubleshooting the network.
monitor session destination interface
Description
The monitor session destination interface command is used to configure the
monitoring port. Each monitor session has only one monitoring port. To change
the monitoring port, please use the monitor session destination interface
command by changing the port value. To delete the corresponding monitor
session configuration, please use no monitor session command.
Syntax
monitor session session_num destination interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port }
no monitor session session_num
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create monitor session 1 and configure Fast Ethernet port 1 as the monitoring
port:
T2500-28TC(config)#monitor session 1 destination interface fastEthernet
1/0/1
Delete the monitor session 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#no monitor session 1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
172
monitor session source interface
Description
The monitor session source interface command is used to configure the
monitored port. To delete the corresponding monitored port, please use no
monitor session source interface command.
Syntax
monitor session session_num source interface { fastEthernet port-list |
gigabitEthernet port-list } mode
no monitor session session_num source interface { fastEthernet port-list |
gigabitEthernet port-list } mode
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
port-list —— List of monitored port. It is multi-optional.
mode —— The monitor mode. There are three options: rx, tx and both. Rx
(ingress monitoring mode), means the incoming packets received by the
monitored port will be copied to the monitoring port. TX (egress monitoring
mode), indicates the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port will be copied
to the monitoring port. Both (ingress and egress monitoring), presents the
incoming packets received and the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port
will both be copied to the monitoring port.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1. The monitoring port is corresponding to current interface configuration
mode.
2. Monitored ports number is not limited, but it can’t be the monitoring port at
the same time.
3. Whether the monitoring port and monitored ports are in the same VLAN or
not is not demanded strictly.
4. The monitoring port and monitored ports cannot be link-aggregation
member.
Example
Create monitor session 1, then configure Fast Ethernet port 4, 5, 7 as monitored
ports and enable ingress monitoring:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
173
T2500-28TC(config)#monitor session 1 source interface fastEthernet
1/0/4-5,1/0/7 rx
Delete the Fast Ethernet port 4 in monitor session 1 and its configuration:
T2500-28TC(config)#no monitor session 1 source interface fastEthernet
1/0/4 rx
show monitor session
Description
The show monitor session command is used to display the configuration of
port monitoring.
Syntax
show monitor session [session_num]
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the monitoring configuration of monitor session 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show monitor session 1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
174
Chapter 27 Port isolation Commands
Port Isolation provides a method of restricting traffic flow to improve the network security by
forbidding the port to forward packets to the ports that are not on its forwarding port list.
port isolation
Description
The port isolation command is used to configure the forward port list of a port,
so that this port can only communicate with the ports on its port list. To delete
the corresponding configuration, please use no port isolation command.
Syntax
port isolation { [fa-forward-list fa-forward-list ] [gi-forward-list gi-forward-list] }
no port isolation
Parameter
fa-forward-list —— Configure Fast Ethernet ports to the forward port list. It is
optional.
gi-forward-list —— Configure Gigabit Ethernet ports to the forward port list. It is
optional.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Set Gigabit Ethernet ports 25-27 to the forward port list of Gigabit Ethernet 28:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/28
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#port isolation gi-forward-list 1/0/25-27
Set all the Ethernet ports to forward port list of Fast Ethernet port 2, namely
restore to the default setting:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#no port isolation
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
175
show port isolation
Description
The show port isolation command is used to display the forward port list of a
port.
Syntax
show port isolation interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port
——
The number of Ethernet port you want to show its forward port list, in
the format of 1/0/2.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the forward-list of Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC#show port isolation interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
Display the forward-list of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC#show port isolation interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
176
Chapter 28 Loopback Detection Commands
With loopback detection feature enabled, the switch can detect loops using loopback detection
packets. When a loop is detected, the switch will display an alert or further block the corresponding
port according to the configuration.
loopback-detection(global)
Description
The loopback-detection command is used to enable the loopback detection
function globally. To disable it, please use no loopback detection command.
Syntax
loopback-detection
no loopback-detection
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the loopback detection function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#loopback-detection
loopback-detection interval
Description
The loopback-detection interval command is used to define the interval of
sending loopback detection packets from switch ports to network, aiming at
detecting network loops periodically.
Syntax
loopback-detection interval interval-time
Parameter
interval-time —— The interval of sending loopback detection packets. It ranges
from 1 to 1000 seconds. By default, this value is 30.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
177
Example
Specify the interval-time as 50 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#loopback-detection interval 50
loopback-detection recovery-time
Description
The loopback-detection recovery-time command is used to configure the
time after which the blocked port would automatically recover to normal status.
Syntax
loopback-detection recovery-time recovery-time
Parameter
recovery-time —— The time after which the blocked port would automatically
recover to normal status, and the loopback detection would restart. It is integral
times of detection interval, ranging from 3 to 100 and the default value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the recovery-time as 3 times of detection interval:
T2500-28TC(config)#loopback-detection recovery-time 3
loopback-detection(interface)
Description
The loopback-detection command is used to enable the loopback detection
function of the specified port. To disable it, please use no loopback-detection
command.
Syntax
loopback-detection
no loopback-detection
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
178
Example
Enable the loopback detection function of Gigabit Ethernet ports 25-27:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/25-27
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#loopback-detection
loopback-detection config
Description
The loopback-detection config command is used to configure the
process-mode and recovery-mode for the ports by which the switch copes with
the detected loops.
Syntax
loopback-detection config [ process-mode { alert | port-based } ]
[ recovery-mode { auto | manual } ]
Parameter
process-mode —— The mode how the switch processes the detected loops.
alert: when a loop is detected, display an alert.
port based: when a loop is detected, display an alert and block the port.
recovery-mode —— The mode how the blocked port recovers to normal status.
auto: block status can be automatically removed after recovery time.
manual: block status can only be removed manually.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the loopback detection process-mode as port-based and
recovery-mode as manual for Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#loopback-detection config process-mode port-based
recovery-mode manual
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
179
loopback-detection recover
Description
The loopback-detection recover command is used to remove the block status
of selected ports, recovering the blocked ports to normal status,
Syntax
loopback-detection recover
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Recover the blocked Gigabit Ethernet port 25 to normal status:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#loopback-detection recover
show loopback-detection global
Description
The show loopback-detection global command is used to display the global
configuration of loopback detection function such as loopback detection global
status, loopback detection interval and loopback detection recovery time.
Syntax
show loopback-detection global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of loopback detection function:
T2500-28TC#show loopback-detection global
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
180
show loopback-detection interface
Description
The show loopback-detection interface command is used to display the
configuration of loopback detection function and the status of all ports or of a
specified Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port.
Syntax
show loopback-detection interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of loopback detection function and the status of Fast
Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC#show loopback-detection interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
Display the configuration of loopback detection function and the status of all
ports:
T2500-28TC#show loopback-detection interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
181
Chapter 29 DDM Commands
The DDM (Digital Diagnostic Monitoring) function allows the user to monitor the status of the SFP
modules inserted into the SFP ports on the switch. The user can choose to shut down the
monitoring SFP port automatically when specified parameter exceeds the alarm threshold or
warning threshold. The monitoring parameters include: Temperature, Voltage, Bias Current, Tx
Power and Rx Power.
ddm state enable
Description
The ddm state enable command is used to enable the DDM function on the
specified SFP port.
Use the no ddm state enable command to disable the DDM function on this
port.
Syntax
ddm state enable
no ddm state enable
Default Setting
Enabled on all the SFP ports.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable DDM function on port 1/0/25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm state enable
ddm shutdown
Description
The ddm shutdown command is used to configure whether to shut down the
port when an exceeding alarm threshold or warning threshold event is
encountered.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
182
Syntax
ddm shutdown { none | warning | alarm }
Parameter
none —— The port will never be shut down regardless of the exceeding alarm
threshold and warning threshold events.
warning —— Shut down the port when an exceeding warning threshold event is
encountered.
alarm —— Shut down the port when an exceeding alarm threshold event is
encountered.
Default Setting
none, which means the port will never be shut down regardless of the exceeding
alarm threshold and warning threshold events.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Shut down the port 1/0/25 when an exceeding warning threshold event is
encountered:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm shutdown warning
ddm temperature_threshold
Description
The ddm temperature_threshold command is used to configure the threshold
of the DDM temperature value.
Syntax
ddm temperature_threshold { high_alarm | high_warning | low_alarm |
low_warning } value
Parameter
high_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the alarm. When the operating
parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with the alarm
will be taken.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
183
high_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the alarm. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
alarm will be taken.
low_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with
the warning will be taken.
low_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
warning will be taken.
value —— Enter the threshold value in Celsius.
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the high_alarm threshold of DDM temperature on the port 1/0/25 as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm temperature_threshold high_alarm 5
ddm voltage_threshold
Description
The ddm voltage_threshold command is used to configure the threshold of the
DDM voltage value.
Syntax
ddm voltage_threshold { high_alarm | high_warning | low_alarm |
low_warning } value
Parameter
high_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the alarm. When the operating
parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with the alarm
will be taken.
high_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the alarm. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
alarm will be taken.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
184
low_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with
the warning will be taken.
low_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
warning will be taken.
value —— Enter the threshold value in Volt.
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the high_alarm threshold of DDM voltage on the port 1/0/25 as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm voltage_threshold high_alarm 5
ddm bias_current_threshold
Description
The ddm bias_current_threshold command is used to configure the threshold
of the DDM Bias Current value.
Syntax
ddm bias_current_threshold { high_alarm | high_warning | low_alarm |
low_warning } value
Parameter
high_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the alarm. When the operating
parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with the alarm
will be taken.
high_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the alarm. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
alarm will be taken.
low_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with
the warning will be taken.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
185
low_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
warning will be taken.
value —— Enter the threshold value in mA.
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the high_alarm threshold of DDM Bias Current on the port 1/0/25 as
5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm bias_current_threshold high_alarm 5
ddm tx_power_threshold
Description
The ddm tx_power_threshold command is used to configure the threshold of
the DDM Tx Power value.
Syntax
ddm tx_power_threshold { high_alarm | high_warning | low_alarm |
low_warning } value
Parameter
high_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the alarm. When the operating
parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with the alarm
will be taken.
high_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the alarm. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
alarm will be taken.
low_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with
the warning will be taken.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
186
low_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
warning will be taken.
value —— Enter the threshold value in mW.
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the high_alarm threshold of DDM Tx Power on the port 1/0/25 as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm tx_power_threshold high_alarm 5
ddm rx_power_threshold
Description
The ddm rx_power_threshold command is used to configure the threshold of
the DDM Rx Power value.
Syntax
ddm rx_power_threshold { high_alarm | high_warning | low_alarm |
low_warning } value
Parameter
high_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the alarm. When the operating
parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with the alarm
will be taken.
high_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the alarm. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
alarm will be taken.
low_alarm —— Specify the highest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter rises above the value hereinafter, action associated with
the warning will be taken.
low_warning —— Specify the lowest threshold for the warning. When the
operating parameter falls below the value hereinafter, action associated with the
warning will be taken.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
187
value —— Enter the threshold value in mW.
Default Setting
None.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the high_alarm threshold of DDM Rx Power on the port 1/0/25 as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ddm rx_power_threshold high_alarm 5
show ddm configuration
Description
The show ddm configuration command is used to display the DDM
configuration.
Syntax
show ddm configuration { state | temperature | voltage | bias_current |
tx_power | rx_power }
Parameter
state —— Display the DDM configuration state.
temperature —— Displays the threshold of the DDM temperature value.
voltage —— Displays the threshold of the DDM Voltage value.
bias_current —— Displays the threshold of the DDM Bias Current value.
tx_power —— Displays the threshold of the DDM Tx Power value.
rx_power —— Displays the threshold of the DDM Rx Power value.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
View the DDM configuration state:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ddm configuration state
View the threshold of the DDM Voltage value:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ddm configuration voltage
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
188
show ddm status
Description
The show ddm status command is used to display the DDM status, which is
the digital diagnostic monitoring status of SFP modules inserting into the
switch’s SFP ports.
Syntax
show ddm status
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
View the DDM status:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ddm status
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
189
Chapter 30 ACL Commands
ACL (Access Control List) is used to filter data packets by configuring a series of match conditions,
operations and time ranges. It provides a flexible and secured access control policy and facilitates
you to control the network security.
time-range
Description
The time-range command is used to add Time-Range. To delete the
corresponding Time-Range, please use no time-range command. A time-range
based ACL enables you to implement ACL control over packets by
differentiating the time-ranges. A time-range can be specified in each rule in an
ACL. The rule takes effect only when the specified time-range is configured and
the system time is within the time-range.
Syntax
time-range name
no time-range name
Parameter
name —— The Time-Range name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a time-range named tSeg1:
T2500-28TC(config)# time-range tSeg1
absolute
Description
The absolute command is used to configure a time-range into an Absoluteness
Mode. To delete the corresponding absolute mode time-range, please use no
absolute command.
Syntax
absolute start start-date end end-date
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
190
no absolute
Parameter
start-date —— The start date in Absolute Mode, in the format of MM/DD/YYYY.
By default, it is 01/01/2000.
end-date —— The end date in Absolute Mode, in the format of MM/DD/YYYY.
By default, it is 01/01/2000. The Absolute Mode will be disabled if the start date
and end date are both in default value.
Command Mode
Time-range Create Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 with time from May 5, 2012 to Oct. 5, 2012:
T2500-28TC(config)# time-range tSeg1
T2500-28TC(config-time-range)# absolute start 05/05/2012 end 10/05/2012
periodic
Description
The periodic command is used to configure the time-range into periodic mode.
To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode time-range, please use no periodic
command.
Syntax
periodic [week-date week-day] [time-slice1 time-slice] [time-slice2 time-slice]
[time-slice3 time-slice] [time-slice4 time-slice]
no periodic
Parameter
week-day —— Periodic Mode, in the format of 1-3,6 or daily, off-day,
working-day. 1-3, 6 represent Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Saturday;
daily represents every day; off-day represents weekend and working-day
represents working day. By default, the Periodic Mode is disabled.
time-slice —— Create the time-slice, in the format of HH:MM-HH:MM.
Command Mode
Time-range Create Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 with time from 8:30 to 12:00 at weekend:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
191
T2500-28TC(config)#time-range tSeg1
T2500-28TC(config-time-range)#periodic week-date off-day time-slice1
08:30-12:00
holiday
Description
The holiday command is used to configure the time-range into Holiday Mode
under Time-range Create Configuration Mode. To delete the corresponding
Holiday Mode time-range, please use no holiday command.
Syntax
holiday
no holiday
Command Mode
Time-range Create Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 into Holiday Mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#time-range tSeg1
T2500-28TC(config-time-range)#holiday
holiday(global)
Description
The holiday command is used to define a holiday. To delete the corresponding
holiday, please use no holiday command.
Syntax
holiday name start-date start-date end-date end-date
no holiday
Parameter
name —— The holiday name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
start-date —— The start date of the holiday, in the format of MM/DD, for
instance, 05/01.
end-date —— The end date of the holiday, in the format of MM/DD, for
instance, 05/03.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
192
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Define National Day, configuring the start date as October 1st, and the end date
as October 3rd:
T2500-28TC(config)#holiday nationalday start-date 10/01 end-date 10/03
access-list create
Description
The access-list create command is used to create standard-IP ACL and
extend-IP ACL.
Syntax
access-list create access-list-num
Parameter
access-list-num —— ACL ID, ranging from 100 to 399. 100-199 must be
Standard-IP ACL, 200-299 must be Extend-IP ACL, and 300-399 must be
Combined ACL.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a standard-IP ACL whose ID is 123:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list create 123
mac access-list
Description
The mac access-list command is used to create MAC ACL. To set the detailed
configurations for a specified MAC ACL, please use mac access-list command
to access Mac Access-list Configuration Mode. To delete the MAC ACL, please
use no mac access-list.
Syntax
mac access-list access-list-num
no mac access-list access-list-num
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
193
Parameter
access-list-num —— ACL ID, ranging from 0 to 99.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a MAC ACL whose ID is 23:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac access-list 23
access-list standard
Description
The access-list standard command is used to add Standard-IP ACL rule. To
delete the corresponding rule, please use no access-list standard command.
Standard-IP ACLs analyze and process data packets based on a series of
match conditions, which can be the source IP addresses and destination IP
addresses carried in the packets.
Syntax
access-list standard acl-id rule rule-id {deny | permit} [ [sip source-ip] smask
source-ip-mask] [ [dip destination-ip] dmask destination-ip-mask] [tseg
time-segment ] [ frag {disable | enable} ]
no access-list standard acl-id rule rule-id
Parameter
acl-id —— The desired Standard-IP ACL for configuration.
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. It is the default value.
source-ip —— The source IP address contained in the rule.
source-ip-mask —— The source IP address mask. It is required if you typed
the source IP address.
destination-ip —— The destination IP address contained in the rule.
destination-ip-mask —— The destination IP address mask. It is required if you
typed the destination IP address.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is
not limited.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
194
frag —— Enable/Disable Fragment. By default, it is disabled. If Fragment is
enabled, this rule will process all the fragments and the last piece of fragment
will be always forwarded.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Standard-IP ACL whose ID is 120, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule,
the source IP address is 192.168.0.100, the source IP address mask is
255.255.255.0, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1, and the
packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list create 120
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list standard 120 rule 10 permit sip 192.168.0.100
smask 255.255.255.0 tseg tSeg1
access-list extended
Description
The access-list extended command is used to add Extended-IP ACL rule. To
delete the corresponding rule, please use no access-list extended command.
Syntax
access-list extended acl-id rule rule-id {deny | permit} [ [sip source-ip] smask
source-ip-mask] [ [dip destination-ip] dmask destination-ip-mask] [tseg
time-segment] [frag {disable | enable}] [dscp dscp] [s-port s-port] [d-port d-port]
[tcpflag tcpflag] [protocol protocol] [icmptype icmptype] [icmpcode icmpcode]
[tos tos] [pri pri]
no access-list extended acl-id rule rule-id
Parameter
acl-id——The desired Extended-IP ACL for configuration.
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. It is the default value.
source-ip —— The source IP address contained in the rule.
source-ip-mask —— The source IP address mask. It is required if you typed
the source IP address.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
195
destination-ip —— The destination IP address contained in the rule.
destination-ip-mask —— The destination IP address mask. It is required if you
typed the destination IP address.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is
not limited.
frag —— Enable/Disable Fragment. By default, it is disabled. If Fragment is
enabled, this rule will process all the fragments and the last piece of fragment
will be always forwarded.
dscp —— Specify the dscp value, ranging from 0 to 63.
s-port —— The source port number.
d-port —— The destination port number.
tcpflag —— Specify the flag value when using TCP protocol.
protocol —— Configure the value of the matching protocol.
icmptype —— Configure the predefined ICMP type.
icmpcode —— Configure the predefined ICMP code.
tos—— Enter the IP ToS contained in the rule.
pri —— Enter the IP Precedence contained in the rule.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create an Extended-IP ACL whose ID is 220, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule,
the source IP address is 192.168.0.100, the source IP address mask is
255.255.255.0, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1, and the
packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list create 220
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list extended 220 rule 10 permit sip 192.168.0.100
smask 255.255.255.0 tseg tSeg1
access-list combined
Description
The access-list combined command is used to add combined ACL rule. To
delete the corresponding rule, please use no access-list combined command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
196
Syntax
access-list combined acl-id rule rule-id [permit | deny] [[smac source-mac]
[smask source-mac-mask]] [[dmac destination-mac] [dmask
destination-mac-mask]] [vid vlan-id] [type ethertype] [pri priority] [[sip source-ip]
[sip-mask source-ip-mask]] [[dip destination-ip] [dmask destination-ip-mask]]
[frag {disable | enable}] [tseg time-segment]
no access-list bind combined acl-id rule rule-id
Parameter
acl-id——The desired combined ACL for configuration.
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. It is the default value.
source-mac —— The source source MAC address contained in the rule.
source-mac-mask —— The source MAC address mask. It is required if you
typed the source MAC address.
destination-mac —— The destination MAC address contained in the rule.
destination-mac-mask —— The destination MAC address mask. It is required
if you typed the destination MAC address.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID contained in the rule.
ethertype —— The Ethernet type contained in the rule.
priority—— The user priority contained in the rule for the tagged packets to
match. It ranges from 0 to 7.
source-ip —— The source IP address contained in the rule.
source-ip-mask —— The source IP address mask. It is required if you typed
the source IP address.
destination -ip-address —— The destination IP address contained in the rule.
destination-ip-mask —— The destination IP address mask. It is required if you
typed the destination IP address.
frag —— Enable/Disable Fragment. By default, it is disabled. If Fragment is
enabled, this rule will process all the fragments and the last piece of fragment
will be always forwarded.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is
not limited.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
197
Example
Create a combined ACL whose ID is 320, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule, the
source IP address is 192.168.0.100, the source IP address mask is
255.255.255.0, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1, and the
packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list create 320
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list combined 320 rule 10 permit sip
192.168.0.100 smask 255.255.255.0 tseg tSeg1
rule
Description
The rule command is used to configure MAC ACL rule. To delete the
corresponding rule, please use no rule command.
Syntax
rule rule-id {deny | permit} [ [smac source-mac] smask source-mac-mask ]
[ [dmac destination-mac] dmask destination-mac-mask ] [vid vlan-id] [type
ethernet-type] [pri user-pri] [tseg time-segment]
no rule rule-id
Parameter
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. By default, it is “permit”.
source-mac —— The source MAC address contained in the rule.
source-mac-mask —— The source MAC address mask. It is required if you
typed the source MAC address.
destination-mac —— The destination MAC address contained in the rule.
destination-mac-mask —— The destination MAC address mask. It is required
if you typed the destination MAC address.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID contained in the rule, ranging from 1 to 4094.
ethernet-type —— EtherType contained in the rule, in the format of 4-hex
number.
user-pri —— The user priority contained in the rule, ranging from 0 to 7. By
default, it is not limited.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
198
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is
not limited.
Command Mode
Mac Access-list Configuration Mode
Example
Create a MAC ACL whose ID is 20, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule, the source
MAC address is 00:01:3F:48:16:23, the source MAC address mask is
11:11:11:11:11:00, VLAN ID is 2, the user priority is 5, the time-range for the rule
to take effect is tSeg1, and the packets match this rule will be forwarded by the
switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#mac access-list 20
T2500-28TC(config-mac-acl)#rule 10 permit smac 00:01:3F:48:16:23 smask
11:11:11:11:11:00 vid 2 pri 5 tseg tSeg1
access-list policy name
Description
The access-list policy name command is used to add Policy. To delete the
corresponding Policy, please use no access-list policy name command. A
Policy is used to control the data packets those match the corresponding ACL
rules by configuring ACLs and actions together for effect. The operations here
include stream mirror, stream condition, QoS Remarking and redirect.
Syntax
access-list policy name name
no access-list policy name name
Parameter
name —— The Policy Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a Policy named policy1:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy name policy1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
199
access-list policy action
Description
The access-list policy action command is used to add ACLs and create
actions for the policy. To set the detailed configuration of actions for a policy,
please use access-list policy action command to access Action Configuration
Mode. To delete the corresponding actions, please use no access-list policy
action command.
Syntax
access-list policy action policy-name acl-id
no access-list policy action policy-name acl-id
Parameter
policy-name —— The Policy Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
acl-id —— The ID of the ACL to which the above policy is applied.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add ACL whose ID is 120 to policy1 and create an action for them:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
redirect interface
Description
The redirect interface command is used to configure Direction function of
policy action for specified ports.
Syntax
redirect interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The Destination Port of Redirect. The data packets matching the
corresponding ACL will be forwarded to the specific port. By default, it is All
Ports.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
200
Edit the actions for policy1. Forward the data packets matching ACL 120 in the
policy to Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
T2500-28TC(config-action)#redirect interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
redirect vlan
Description
The redirect vlan command is used to configure Direction function of policy
action for specified VLAN.
Syntax
redirect vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID of Redirect. The data packets matching the
corresponding ACL will be forwarded in the specific VLAN. The VLAN ID ranges
from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. Forward the data packets matching ACL 120 in the
policy to Fast Ethernet VLAN 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
T2500-28TC(config-action)#redirect vlan 1
s-condition
Description
The s-condition command is used to configure Stream Condition function of
policy action.
Syntax
s-condition rate rate osd {none | discard}
Parameter
rate —— The rate of Stream Condition, ranging from 0 to 100000kbps.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
201
osd —— Out of Band disposal of Stream Condition. It is the disposal way of the
data packets those are transmitted beyond the rate. There are two options,
“none” and “discard”. By default, the option is “none”.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. For the data packets matching ACL 120 in the policy,
if the rate beyond 1000kbps, they will be discarded by the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
T2500-28TC(config-action)#s-condition rate 1000 osd discard
s-mirror
Description
The s-mirror command is used to configure Stream Mirror function of policy
action to the specified port.
Syntax
s-mirror interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The Mirror Port number of Stream Mirror.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. Specify the mirror port as Fast Ethernet port 2 for the
data packets matching ACL 120:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
T2500-28TC(config-action)#s-mirror interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
qos-remark
Description
The qos-remark command is used to configure QoS Remark function of policy
action.
Syntax
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
202
qos-remark dscp dscp priority pri
no qos-remark
Parameter
dscp —— DSCP of QoS Remark. Specify the DSCP region for the data
packets matching the corresponding ACL. DSCP ranges from 0 to 63. By default,
it is not limited.
pri —— Local Priority of QoS Remark. Specify the local priority for the data
packets matching the corresponding ACL. Local Priority ranges from 0 to 3.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. For the data packets matching ACL 120, specify the
DSCP region as 30 and local priority 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#access-list policy action policy1 120
T2500-28TC(config-action)# qos-remark dscp 30 priority 2
access-list bind(interface)
Description
The access-list bind command is used to bind a policy to a specified port. To
cancel the bind relation, please use no access-list bind command.
Syntax
access-list bind policy-name
no access-list bind policy-name
Parameter
policy-name —— The name of the policy desired to bind.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Bind policy1 to Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#access-list bind policy1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
203
access-list bind(vlan)
Description
The access-list bind command is used to bind a policy to a VLAN. To cancel
the bind relation, please use no access-list bind command.
Syntax
access-list bind policy-name
no access-list bind policy-name
Parameter
policy-name —— The name of the policy desired to bind.
Command Mode
Interface VLAN Mode
Example
Bind policy1 to VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface vlan 2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#access-list bind policy1
show time-range
Description
The show time-range command is used to display the configuration of
time-range.
Syntax
show time-range
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Time-Range:
T2500-28TC#show time-range
show holiday
Description
The show holiday command is used to display the defined holidays.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
204
Syntax
show holiday
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the defined holidays:
T2500-28TC#show holiday
show access-list
Description
The show access-list command is used to display configuration of ACL.
Syntax
show access-list [acl-id]
Parameter
acl-id —— The ID of the ACL selected to display the configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the MAC ACL whose ID is 20:
T2500-28TC#show access-list 20
show access-list policy
Description
The show access-list policy command is used to display the information of a
specified policy.
Syntax
show access-list policy [name]
Parameter
name —— The Policy Name desired to show.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
205
Example
Display the information of a policy named policy1:
T2500-28TC#show access-list policy policy1
show access-list bind
Description
The show access-list bind command is used to display the configuration of
Policy bind.
Syntax
show access-list bind
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Policy bind:
T2500-28TC#show access-list bind
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
206
Chapter 31 MSTP Commands
MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol), compatible with both STP and RSTP and subject to
IEEE 802.1s, can disbranch a ring network. STP is to block redundant links and backup links as
well as optimize paths.
spanning-tree(global)
Description
The spanning-tree command is used to enable STP function globally. To
disable the STP function, please use no spanning-tree command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the STP function:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree
spanning-tree(interface)
Description
The spanning-tree command is used to enable STP function for a port. To
disable the STP function, please use no spanning-tree command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the STP function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
207
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree
spanning-tree common-config
Description
The spanning-tree common-config command is used to configure the
parameters of the ports for comparison in the CIST and the common parameters
of all instances. To return to the default configuration, please use no
spanning-tree common-config command. CIST (Common and Internal
Spanning Tree) is the spanning tree in a switched network, connecting all
devices in the network.
Syntax
spanning-tree common-config [port-priority pri] [ext-cost ext-cost] [int-cost
int-cost] [portfast {enable | disable}] [point-to-point {auto | open | close}]
no spanning-tree common-config
Parameter
pri —— Port Priority, which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240. By
default, the port priority is 128. Port Priority is an important criterion on
determining if the port connected to this port will be chosen as the root port. In
the same condition, the port with the highest priority will be chosen as the root
port. The lower value has the higher priority.
ext-cost —— External Path Cost, which is used to choose the path and
calculate the path costs of ports in different MST regions. It is an important
criterion on determining the root port. The lower value has the higher priority. It
ranges from o to 2000000. By default, it is 0 which is mean auto.
int-cost —— Internal Path Cost, which is used to choose the path and calculate
the path costs of ports in an MST region. It is an important criterion on
determining the root port. The lower value has the higher priority. By default, it is
automatic. It ranges from o to 2000000. By default, it is 0 which is mean auto.
portfast —— Enable/ Disable Edge Port. By default, it is disabled. The edge
port can transit its state from blocking to forwarding rapidly without waiting for
forward delay.
point-to-point —— The P2P link status, with auto, open and close options. By
default, the option is auto. If the two ports in the P2P link are root port or
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
208
designated port, they can transit their states to forwarding rapidly to reduce the
unnecessary forward delay.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the STP function of Fast Ethernet port 1, and configure the Port Priority
as 64, ExtPath Cost as 100, IntPath Cost as 100, and then enable Edge Port:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree common-config port-priority 64
ext-cost 100 int-cost 100 portfast enable point-to-point open
spanning-tree mode
Description
The spanning-tree mode command is used to configure the STP mode of the
switch. To return to the default configurations, please use no spanning-tree
mode command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp | mstp}
no spanning-tree mode
Parameter
stp —— Spanning Tree Protocol, the default value.
rstp —— Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
mstp —— Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the spanning-tree mode as “mstp”:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mode mstp
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
209
spanning-tree mst configuration
Description
The spanning-tree mst configuration command is used to access MST
Configuration Mode from Global Configuration Mode, as to configure the
VLAN-Instance mapping, region name and revision level. To return to the
default configuration of the corresponding Instance, please use no
spanning-tree mst configuration command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter into the MST Configuration Mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#
instance
Description
The instance command is used to configure the VLAN-Instance mapping. To
remove the VLAN-instance mapping or disable the corresponding instance,
please use no instance command. When an instance is disabled, the related
mapping VLANs will be removed.
Syntax
instance instance-id vlan vlan-id
no instance instance-id [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID selected to mapping with the corresponding
instance.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
210
Example
Map the VLANs 1-100 to Instance 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#instance 1 vlan 1-100
Disable Instance 1, namely remove all the mapping VLANs 1-100:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#no instance 1
Remove VLANs 1-50 in mapping VLANs 1-100 for Instance 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#no instance 1 vlan 1-50
name
Description
The name command is used to configure the region name of MST instance.
Syntax
name name
Parameters
name —— The region name, used to identify MST region. It ranges from 1 to
32 characters.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the region name of MST as “region1”:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#name region1
revision
Description
The revision command is used to configure the revision level of MST instance.
Syntax
revision revision
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
211
Parameters
revision —— The revision level for MST region identification, ranging from 0 to
65535.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the revision level of MST as 100:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2500-28TC(config-mst)#revision 100
spanning-tree mst instance
Description
The spanning-tree mst instance command is used to configure the priority of
MST instance. To return to the default value of MST instance priority, please use
no spanning-tree mst instance command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance instance-id priority pri
no spanning-tree mst instance instance-id priority
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
pri —— MSTI Priority, which must be multiple of 4096 ranging from 0 to 61440.
By default, it is 32768. MSTI priority is an important criterion on determining if
the switch will be chosen as the root bridge in the specific instance.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the MST Instance 1 and configure its priority as 4096:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 priority 4096
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
212
spanning-tree mst
Description
The spanning-tree mst command is used to configure MST Instance Port. To
return to the default configuration of the corresponding Instance Port, please
use no spanning-tree mst command. A port can play different roles in different
spanning tree instance. You can use this command to configure the parameters
of the ports in different instance IDs as well as view status of the ports in the
specified instance
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance instance-id { [port-priority pri] [cost cost] }
no spanning-tree mst instance instance-id
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
pri —— Port Priority, which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240. By
default, it is 128. Port Priority is an important criterion on determining if the port
will be chosen as the root port by the device connected to this port.
cost —— Path Cost, ranging from 0 to 200000. The lower value has the higher
priority. Its default value is 0 meaning “auto”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the priority of Fast Ethernet port 1 in MST Instance 1 as 64, and path
cost as 2000:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 port-priority 64 cost
2000
spanning-tree priority
Description
The spanning-tree priority command is used to configure the bridge priority. To
return to the default value of bridge priority, please use no spanning-tree
priority command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
213
Syntax
spanning-tree priority pri
no spanning-tree priority
Parameter
pri —— Bridge priority, ranging from 0 to 61440. It is 32768 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the bridge priority as 4096:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree priority 4096
spanning-tree tc-defend
Description
The spanning-tree tc-defend command is used to configure the TC Protect of
Spanning Tree globally. To return to the default configuration, please use no
spanning-tree tc-defend command. A switch removes MAC address entries
upon receiving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user continuously sends TC-BPDUs to
a switch, the switch will be busy with removing MAC address entries, which may
decrease the performance and stability of the network.
Syntax
spanning-tree tc-defend threshold threshold period period
no spanning-tree tc-defend
Parameter
threshold —— TC Threshold, ranging from 1 to 100 packets. By default, it is 20.
TC Threshold is the maximum number of the TC-BPDUs received by the switch
in a TC Protect Cycle.
period —— TC Protect Cycle, ranging from 1 to 10 in seconds. By default, it is
5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure TC Threshold as 30 packets and TC Protect Cycle as 10 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree tc-defend threshold 30 period 10
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
214
spanning-tree timer
Description
The spanning-tree timer command is used to configure forward-time,
hello-time and max-age of Spanning Tree. To return to the default configurations,
please use no spanning-tree timer command.
Syntax
spanning-tree timer { [forward-time forward-time] [hello-time hello-time]
[max-age max-age] }
no spanning-tree timer
Parameter
forward-time —— Forward Delay, which is the time for the port to transit its
state after the network topology is changed. Forward Delay ranges from 4 to 30
in seconds and it is 15 by default. Otherwise, 2 * (Forward Delay - 1) >= Max
Age.
hello-time ——Hello Time, which is the interval to send BPDU packets, and
used to test the links. Hello Time ranges from 1 to 10 in seconds and it is 2 by
default. Otherwise, 2 * (Hello Time + 1) <= Max Age.
max-age —— The maximum time the switch can wait without receiving a
BPDU before attempting to reconfigure, ranging from 6 to 40 in seconds. By
default, it is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure forward-time, hello-time and max-age for Spanning Tree as 16
seconds, 3 seconds and 22 seconds respectively:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree timer forward-time 16 hello-time 3
max-age 22
spanning-tree hold-count
Description
The spanning-tree hold-count command is used to configure the maximum
number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time interval. To return to the
default configurations, please use no spanning-tree hold-count command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
215
Syntax
spanning-tree hold-count value
no spanning-tree hold-count
Parameter
value —— The maximum number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time
interval, ranging from 1 to 20 in pps. By default, it is 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the hold-count of STP as 8pps:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree hold-count 8
spanning-tree max-hops
Description
The spanning-tree max-hops command is used to configure the maximum
number of hops that occur in a specific region before the BPDU is discarded. To
return to the default configurations, please use no spanning-tree max-hops
command.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-hops value
no spanning-tree max-hops
Parameter
value —— The maximum number of hops that occur in a specific region before
the BPDU is discarded, ranging from 1 to 40 in hop. By default, it is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the max-hops of STP as 30:
T2500-28TC(config)#spanning-tree max-hops 30
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
216
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Description
The spanning-tree bpdufilter command is used to enable the BPDU filter
function for a port. With the function enabled, the port can be prevented from
receiving and sending any BPDU packets. To disable the BPDU filter function,
please use no spanning-tree bpdufilter command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdufilter
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the BPDU filter function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpduguard
Description
The spanning-tree bpduguard command is used to enable the BPDU protect
function for a port. With the BPDU protect function enabled, the port will set itself
automatically as ERROR-PORT when it receives BPDU packets, and the port
will disable the forwarding function for a while. To disable the BPDU protect
function, please use no spanning-tree bpduguard command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpduguard
no spanning-tree bpduguard
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the BPDU protect function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
217
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree guard loop
Description
The spanning-tree guard loop command is used to enable the Loop Protect
function for a port. Loop Protect is to prevent the loops in the network brought by
recalculating STP because of link failures and network congestions. To disable
the Loop Protect function, please use no spanning-tree guard loop command.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard loop
no spanning-tree guard loop
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Loop Protect function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree guard loop
spanning-tree guard root
Description
The spanning-tree guard root command is used to enable the Root Protect
function for a port. With the Root Protect function enabled, the root bridge will
set itself automatically as ERROR-PORT when receiving BPDU packets with
higher priority, in order to maintain the role of root bridge. To disable the Root
Protect function, please use no spanning-tree guard root command.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard root
no spanning-tree guard root
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
218
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Root Protect function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree guard root
spanning-tree guard tc
Description
The spanning-tree guard tc command is used to enable the TC Protect of
Spanning Tree function for a port. To disable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree
function, please use no spanning-tree guard tc command. A switch removes
MAC address entries upon receiving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user
continuously sends TC-BPDUs to a switch, the switch will be busy with
removing MAC address entries, which may decrease the performance and
stability of the network. With the Protect of Spanning Tree function enabled, you
can configure the number of TC-BPDUs in a required time, so as to avoid the
process of removing MAC addresses frequently.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard tc
no spanning-tree guard tc
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree guard tc
spanning-tree mcheck
Description
The spanning-tree mcheck command is used to enable MCheck.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
219
Syntax
spanning-tree mcheck
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable MCheck for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#spanning-tree mcheck
show spanning-tree active
Description
The show spanning-tree active command is used to display the active
information of spanning-tree.
Syntax
show spanning-tree active
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the active information of spanning-tree:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree active
show spanning-tree bridge
Description
The show spanning-tree bridge command is used to display the bridge
parameters.
Syntax
show spanning-tree bridge [ forward-time | hello-time | hold-count | max-age |
max-hops | mode | priority | state ]
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
220
Example
Display the bridge parameters:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree bridge
show spanning-tree interface
Description
The show spanning-tree interface command is used to display the
spanning-tree information of all ports or a specified port.
Syntax
show spanning-tree
interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
[edge | ext-cost | int-cost | mode | p2p | priority | role | state | status]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the spanning-tree information of all ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree
interface
Display the spanning-tree information of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree
interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
Display the spanning-tree mode information of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree
interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
mode
show spanning-tree interface-security
Description
The show spanning-tree interface-security command is used to display the
protect information of all ports or a specified port.
Syntax
show spanning-tree interface-security [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port ] [ bpdufilter | bpduguard | loop | root | tc | tc-defend ]
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
221
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the protect information of all ports:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree interface-security
Display the protect information of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree interface-security gigabitEthernet
1/0/25
Display the interface security bpdufilter information:
T2500-28TC(config)# show spanning-tree interface-security bpdufilter
show spanning-tree mst
Description
The show spanning-tree mst command is used to display the related
information of MST Instance.
Syntax
show spanning-tree
mst {configuration [digest] | instance instance-id
[interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port] ] }
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID desired to show, ranging from 1 to 8.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the region information and mapping information of VLAN and MST
Instance:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree mst configuration
Display the related information of MST Instance 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree
mst instance 1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
222
Display all the ports information of MST Instance 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#show spanning-tree mst instance 1 interface
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
223
Chapter 32 Ethernet OAM Commands
Ethernet OAM (standing for Operation, Administration, and Maintenance) is Layer 2 protocol that
is used for monitoring and troubleshooting Ethernet networks. It can report the network status to
network administrators through the OAMPDUs exchanged between two OAM entities. The
operation of OAM on an Ethernet interface does not adversely affect data traffic as OAM is a slow
protocol with very limited bandwidth potential.
ethernet-oam
Description
The ethernet-oam command is used to enable the Ethernet OAM function for
the desired port. To disable the Ethernet OAM function, please use no
ethernet-oam command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam
no ethernet-oam
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Ethernet OAM function for Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ethernet-oam
ethernet-oam mode
Description
The ethernet-oam mode command is used to configure the OAM mode for the
desired port. To return to the default configurations, please use no
ethernet-oam mode command. The default mode is active.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
224
Syntax
ethernet-oam mode { passive | active }
no ethernet-oam mode
Parameter
passive —— Specify the OAM mode as passive.
active ——Specify the OAM mode as active.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Ethernet OAM client to operate in passive mode for Fast Ethernet
port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ethernet-oam mode passive
ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period
Description
The ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period command is used to configure
the parameters about one of the link events, error symbol period event. To
return to the default configurations, please use no ethernet-oam link-monitor
symbol-period command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period { threshold threshold | window
window | notify { disable | enable }}
no ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period { threshold | window | notify }
Parameter
threshold —— Configure the error threshold for generating error symbol-period
event. The range is from 1 to 4294967295 and the default value is 1.
window —— Configure the error symbol-period event detection interval. The
range is from 10 to 600, in terms of 100 ms intervals. The default value is 10.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
225
notify —— Enable/Disable the event notification. By default, it is enabled.
threshold | window | notify —— The parameter that you want to return to the
default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For error symbol-period event, configure the error threshold as 5 and the event
detection interval as 3 seconds on Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam link-monitor symbol-period
threshold 5 window 30
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame
Description
The ethernet-oam link-monitor frame command is used to configure the
parameters about one of the link events, error frame event. To return to the
default configurations, please use no ethernet-oam link-monitor frame
command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame { [threshold threshold ] [ window window ]
[notify { disable | enable } ] }
no ethernet-oam link-monitor frame { threshold | window | notify }
Parameter
threshold —— Configure the error threshold for generating error frame event.
The range is from 1 to 4294967295 and the default value is 1.
window —— Configure the error symbol-period event detection interval. The
range is from 10 to 600, in terms of 100 ms intervals. The default value is 10.
notify —— Enable/Disable the event notification. By default, it is enabled.
threshold | window | notify —— The parameter that you want to return to the
default configuration.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
226
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For error frame event, configure the error threshold as 6 and the event detection
interval as 9 seconds on Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam link-monitor frame threshold 6
window 90
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period
Description
The ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period command is used to configure
the parameters about one of the link events, error frame period event. To return
to the default configurations, please use no ethernet-oam link-monitor
frame-period command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period { [threshold threshold ] [ window
window ] [notify { disable | enable } ] }
no ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period { threshold | window | notify }
Parameter
threshold —— Configure the error threshold for generating error frame period
event. The range is from 1 to 4294967295 and the default value is 1.
window —— Configure the error frame period event detection interval. The
range is from 148810 to 89286000. The default value is 148810 for Fast
Ethernet port and 1488100 for Gigabit Ethernet port.
notify —— Enable/Disable the event notification. By default, it is enabled.
threshold | window | notify —— The parameter that you want to return to the
default configuration.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
227
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
For error frame period event, configure the error threshold as 6 and the event
detection interval as 150000 frames on Fast Ethernet port 4:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/4
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-period threshold
6 window 150000
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds
Description
The ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds command is used to configure
the parameters about one of the link events, error frame seconds event. To
return to the default configurations, please use no ethernet-oam link-monitor
frame-seconds command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds { [threshold threshold ] [ window
window ] [notify { disable | enable } ] }
no ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds { threshold | window | notify }
Parameter
threshold —— Configure the error threshold for generating error frame seconds
event. The range is from 1 to 900 and the default value is 1.
window —— Configure the error frame seconds event detection interval. The
range is from 100 to 9000, in terms of 100 ms intervals. The default value is 600.
notify —— Enable/Disable the event notification. By default, it is enabled.
threshold | window | notify —— The parameter that you want to return to the
default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
228
Example
For error frame seconds event, configure the error threshold as 8 and the event
detection interval as 30 seconds on Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam link-monitor frame-seconds
threshold 8 window 300
ethernet-oam remote-failure
Description
The ethernet-oam remote-failure command is used to configure whether to
notify the link faults or not. The link faults include dying gasp and critical event.
To return to the default configurations, please use no ethernet-oam
remote-failure command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam remote-failure { dying-gasp | critical-event } notify { disable |
enable }
no ethernet-oam remote-failure { dying-gasp | critical-event } notify
Parameter
dying-gasp —— Dying Gasp link event. Dying gasp means an unrecoverable
fault, such as power failure, occurs.
critical-event —— Critical Event. Critical-event means unspecified critical event
occurs.
notify ——Enable/Disable the event notification. By default, it is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Disable the Dying Gasp link event notification on Fast Ethernet port 7:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/7
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
229
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam remote-failure dying-gasp notify
disable
ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote-
loopback
Description
The ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote-loopback command is
used to configure the client to process or to ignore the received remote
loopback request. To return to the default configurations, please use no
ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote-loopback command.
Syntax
ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote-loopback { process |
ignore }
no ethernet-oam remote-loopback received-remote-loopback
Parameter
process —— Process the received remote loopback request.
ignore —— Ignore the received remote loopback request.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the client to process the received remote loopback request on Fast
Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam remote-loopback received
-remote-loopback process
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
230
ethernet-oam remote-loopback
Description
The ethernet-oam remote-loopback command is used to request the remote
peer to start or stop the Ethernet OAM remote loopback mode.
Syntax
ethernet-oam remote-loopback { start | stop }
Parameter
start —— Request the remote peer to start the Ethernet OAM remote loopback
mode.
stop —— Request the remote peer to stop the Ethernet OAM remote loopback
mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Request the remote peer to start the Ethernet OAM remote loopback mode on
Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ethernet-oam remote-loopback start
clear ethernet-oam statistics
Description
The clear ethernet-oam statistics command is used to clear Ethernet OAM
statistics.
Syntax
clear ethernet-oam statistics [ interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet }
port ]
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
231
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
statistics of all ports are cleared.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Clear Ethernet OAM statistics of Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# clear ethernet-oam statistics interface fastEthernet
1/0/3
clear ethernet-oam event-log
Description
The clear ethernet-oam event-log command is used to clear the Ethernet
OAM event log.
Syntax
clear ethernet-oam event-log [ interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet }
port ]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
event logs of all ports are cleared.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Clear Ethernet OAM event log of Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# clear ethernet-oam event-log interface fastEthernet
1/0/3
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
232
show ethernet-oam configuration
Description
The show ethernet-oam configuration command is used to display Ethernet
OAM configuration information.
Syntax
show ethernet-oam configuration [ interface { fastEthernet |
gigabitEthernet } port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
configuration information of all ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display Ethernet OAM configuration information of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ethernet-oam configuration interface
fastEthernet 1/0/2
show ethernet-oam event-log
Description
The show ethernet-oam event-log command is used to display the Ethernet
OAM event log.
Syntax
show ethernet-oam event-log [ interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet }
port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
event logs of all ports are displayed.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
233
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display Ethernet OAM event log of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ethernet-oam event-log interface fastEthernet
1/0/2
show ethernet-oam statistics
Description
The show ethernet-oam statistics command is used to display the Ethernet
OAM statistics.
Syntax
show ethernet-oam statistics [ interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet }
port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
statistics of all ports are displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display Ethernet OAM statistics of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ethernet-oam statistics interface fastEthernet
1/0/2
show ethernet-oam status
Description
The show ethernet-oam status command is used to display the Ethernet OAM
status of both the local and the remote client.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
234
Syntax
show ethernet-oam status [ interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet }
port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the Ethernet OAM
status of all ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display Ethernet OAM status of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ethernet-oam status interface fastEthernet
1/0/2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
235
Chapter 33 DLDP Commands
DLDP (Device Link Detection Protocol) is used to monitor the link state of fiber-optic or twisted-pair
Ethernet cables. When a unidirectional link is detected, the corresponding port will be shut down
automatically or manually (depending on the shut mode configured).
dldp(global)
Description
The dldp command is used to enable the DLDP function globally. To disable it,
please use no dldp command.
Syntax
dldp
no dldp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DLDP function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# dldp
dldp interval
Description
The dldp interval command is used to define the interval of sending
advertisement packets on ports that are in the advertisement state.
Syntax
dldp interval interval-time
Parameter
interval-time —— The interval of sending advertisement packets. It ranges from
1 to 30 seconds. By default, it is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
236
Example
Specify the interval of sending advertisement packets as 10 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)# dldp interval 10
dldp shut-mode
Description
The dldp shut-mode command is used to configure the shutdown mode when
a unidirectional link is detected.
Syntax
dldp shut-mode { auto | manual }
Parameter
auto —— The switch automatically shuts down ports when a unidirectional link
is detected. By default, the shut-mode is auto.
manual ——The switch displays an alert when a unidirectional link is detected.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the shut-mode as manual:
T2500-28TC(config)# dldp shut-mode manual
dldp reset(global)
Description
The dldp reset command is used to reset all the unidirectional links and restart
the link detect process.
Syntax
dldp reset
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
237
Example
Reset the DLDP function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# dldp reset
dldp(interface)
Description
The dldp command is used to enable the DLDP function of the specified port. To
disable it, please use no dldp command.
Syntax
dldp
no dldp
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the DLDP function of ports 2-4:
T2500-28TC (config)# interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-4
T2500-28TC (config-if-range)# dldp
dldp reset(interface)
Description
The dldp reset command is used to reset the specified port and restart the link
detect process.
Syntax
dldp reset
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
238
Example
Reset the DLDP function of ports 2-4:
T2500-28TC (config)# interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-4
T2500-28TC (config-if-range)# dldp reset
show dldp
Description
The show dldp command is used to display the global configuration of DLDP
function such as DLDP global state, DLDP interval and shut mode.
Syntax
show dldp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of DLDP function:
T2500-28TC# show dldp
show dldp interface
Description
The show dldp interface command is used to display the configuration and
state of the specified Ethernet port. By default, the configuration and state of all
the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show dldp interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
239
Example
Display the configuration and state of all ports:
T2500-28TC# show dldp interface
Display the configuration and state of port 5:
T2500-28TC# show dldp interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
240
Chapter 34 IGMP Snooping Commands
IGMP Snooping (Internet Group Management Protocol Snooping) is a multicast control
mechanism running on Layer 2 switch. It can effectively prevent multicast groups being
broadcasted in the network.
ip igmp snooping(global)
Description
The ip igmp snooping command is used to configure IGMP Snooping globally.
To disable the IGMP Snooping function, please use no ip igmp snooping
command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable IGMP Snooping function:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping(interface)
Description
The ip igmp snooping command is used to enable the IGMP Snooping
function for the desired port. To disable the IGMP Snooping function, please use
no ip igmp snooping command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
241
Example
Enable IGMP Snooping function of Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
Description
The ip igmp snooping immediate-leave command is used to configure the
Fast Leave function for port. To disable the Fast Leave function, please use no
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
no ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Fast Leave function for Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
Description
The ip igmp snooping drop-unknown command is used to process the
unknown multicast as “discard”. To disable the operation of processing the
unknown multicast as “discard”, please use no ip igmp snooping
drop-unknown command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
no ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
242
Example
Specify the operation of processing unknown multicast as “discard”:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
ip igmp snooping vlan-config
Description
The ip igmp snooping vlan-config command is used to enable VLAN IGMP
Snooping function or to modify IGMP Snooping parameters, and to create static
multicast IP entry. To disable the VLAN IGMP Snooping function, please use no
ip igmp snooping vlan-config command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-list [ rtime router-time | mtime
member-time | ltime leave-time | rport interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port } ]
ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id static ip interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port }
no ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id list
no ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id static ip
Parameter
vlan-list —— The ID list of the VLAN desired to modify configuration, ranging
from 1 to 4094, in the format of 1-3, 5.
router-time —— Router Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP query message from the router port, it will consider this port is not
a router port any more. Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds. By
default, it is 300.
member-time —— Member Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP report message from the member port, it will consider this port is
not a member port any more. Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in
seconds. By default, it is 260.
leave-time —— Leave Time, which is the interval between the switch receiving
a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the
multicast groups. Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds. By default, it is 1.
port —— Static Router Port, which is mainly used in the network with stable
topology. There are two types of port: Fast Ethernet port, ranging from 1 to 24, in
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
243
the format of 1/0/2; Gigabit Ethernet port, ranging from 1-4, in the format of
1/0/2.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID of the multicast IP, ranging from 1 to 4094.
ip —— The static multicast IP address.
port-list —— The forward port list of the multicast group.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IGMP Snooping function and modify Member Port Time as 200
seconds for VLAN1-3:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping vlan-config 1-3 mtime 200
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config
Description
The ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config command is used to create and
configure a Multicast VLAN. To delete the corresponding Multicast VLAN,
please use no ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config [vlan-id] { rtime router-time | mtime
member-time | ltime leave-time | rport interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port } }
no ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config
Parameter
vlan-id —— The ID of the VLAN desired to modify configuration, ranging from 2
to 4094.
router-time —— Router Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP query message from the router port, it will consider this port is not
a router port any more. Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds. By
default, it is 300.
member-time —— Member Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP report message from the member port, it will consider this port is
not a member port any more. Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in
seconds. By default, it is 260.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
244
leave-time —— Leave Time, which is the interval between the switch receiving
a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the
multicast groups. Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds. By default, it is 1.
port —— Static Router Port, which is mainly used in the network with stable
topology. There are two types of port: Fast Ethernet port, ranging from 1 to 24, in
the format of 1/0/2; Gigabit Ethernet port, ranging from 25 to 28, in the format of
1/0/25.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable Multicast VLAN 3, and configure Router Port Time as 100 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config 3 rtime 100
ip igmp snooping filter add-id
Description
The ip igmp snooping filter add-id command is used to configure the
multicast IP-range desired to filter. To delete the corresponding IP-range, please
use no ip igmp snooping filter add-id command. When IGMP Snooping is
enabled, you can specified the multicast IP-range the ports can join so as to
restrict users ordering multicast programs via configuring multicast filter rules.
Multicast IP addresses ranges from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. The range
for receivers to join is from 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping filter addr-id addr-id list
no ip igmp snooping filter addr-id addr-id list
Parameter
addr-id list —— The filtering address ID to be bound.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Bind the filtering address ID 2-6 to Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip igmp snooping filter addr-id 2-6
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
245
ip igmp snooping filter(global)
Description
The ip igmp snooping filter command is used to add or modify the multicast
filtering IP-range. To delete the multicast filtering IP-range, please use no ip
igmp snooping filter command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping filter id start-ip end-ip
no ip igmp snooping filter id
Parameter
id —— IP-range ID, ranging from 1 to 30.
start-ip —— The start multicast IP of the IP-range.
end-ip —— The end multicast IP of the IP-range.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Modify the multicast IP-range whose ID is 3 as 225.1.1.1–226.3.2.1:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping filter 3 225.1.1.1 226.3.2.1
ip igmp snooping filter(interface)
Description
The ip igmp snooping filter command is used to configure Port Filter. To return
to the default configuration, please use no igmp snooping filter command.
When the switch receives IGMP report message, it examines the multicast
filtering IP ID configured on the access port to determine if the port can join the
multicast group. If the multicast IP is not filtered, the switch will add the port to
the forward port list of the multicast group. Otherwise, the switch will drop the
IGMP report message. In that way, you can control the multicast groups that
users can access.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping filter
no ip igmp snooping filter
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
246
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable IGMP Snooping filter function for Gigabit Ethernet port 26:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/26
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip igmp snooping filter
ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup
Description
The ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup command is used to specify the
maximum number of multicast groups for a port to join in.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup maxgroup
Parameter
maxgroup —— The maximum number of multicast groups for a port to join in. It
is used to prevent some ports taking up too much bandwidth.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the maximum number of multicast groups for Fast Ethernet ports 2-5 to
join in as 10:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface range fastEthernet 1/0/2-5
T2500-28TC(config-if-range)#ip igmp snooping filter maxgroup 10
ip igmp snooping filter mode
Description
The ip igmp snooping filter mode command is used to configure the Action
mode for the desired port.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping filter mode mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
247
Parameter
mode —— Action Mode, with “refuse” and “accept” options. “Refuse” indicates
only the multicast packets whose multicast IP is not in the IP-range will be
processed, while “accept” indicates only the multicast packets whose multicast
IP is in the IP-range will be processed. By default, the option is “accept”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the Action Mode as “accept” for Fast Ethernet port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/3
T2500-28TC(config-if)#ip igmp snooping filter mode accept
ip igmp snooping querier vlan
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to enable the IGMP
Snooping Querier function of the VLAN(s). To disable the IGMP Snooping
Querier function of certain VLANs, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command; to disable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of all VLANs,
please use no ip igmp snooping querier command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list
no ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-list ]
Parameter
vlan-list—— VLAN ID list, ranging from 1 to 4094, in the format of 1-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of VLAN1-3:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 1-3
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
248
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (general query)
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the
parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a general query frame. To
return to the default configuration, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list {query-interval interval |
max-response-time response-time | general-query source-ip ip-addr }
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list {query-interval |
max-response-time | general-query source-ip}
Parameter
vlan-list—— VLAN ID list, ranging from 1 to 4094, in the format of 1-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
interval—— The time interval to send a general query frame by IGMP Snooping
Querier, ranging from 1 to 300 (Seconds). By default, it is 60 seconds.
response-time—— The maximal time for the host to respond to a general query
frame, ranging from 1 to 25 (Seconds). By default, it is 10 Seconds.
ip-addr—— The source IP of the general query frame sent by IGMP Snooping
Querier. It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP. By default, it is
192.168.0.1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
For VLAN 2, specify its query-interval as 200 seconds, and the response-time
as 20 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 query-interval 200
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 max-response-time
20
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
249
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (specific query)
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the
parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a specific query frame. To
return to the default configuration, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list {last-member-query-interval interval
| last-member-query-count count | special-query source-ip ip-addr }
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list {last-member-query-interval |
last-member-query-count | special-query source-ip}
Parameter
vlan-list—— VLAN ID list, ranging from 1 to 4094, in the format of 1-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
interval—— The time interval of sending specific query frames by IGMP
Snooping Querier, ranging from 1 to 5 (Seconds). By default, it is 1. A specific
query will be sent on condition that “immediate-leave” is not enabled and a
leave frame is received.
count—— The times of sending specific query frames by IGMP Snooping
Querier, ranging from 1 to 5. By default, it is 2. The switch will still treat the port
as group member until the specific frames number sent by the querier reaches
“last-member-query-count” and no report frame is received from the port.
ip-addr—— The source IP of the specific query frame sent by IGMP Snooping
Querier. It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP. By default, it is
192.168.0.1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
For VLAN 2, specify its last-member-query-interval as 2:
T2500-28TC(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2
last-member-query-interval 2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
250
ip igmp snooping authentication
Description
The ip igmp snooping authentication command is used to enable IGMP
Authentication for the desired port. To disable the IGMP Authentication function,
please use no ip igmp snooping authentication command. By default, it is
disabled.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping authentication
no ip igmp snooping authentication
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
User Guidelines
The IGMP Authentication feature will take effect only when AAA function is
enabled and the RADIUS server is configured. For how to enable AAA function
and configure RADIUS server, please refer to aaa enable and radius-server
host.
Example
Enable the IGMP Authentication of port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ip igmp snooping authentication
show ip igmp snooping
Description
The show ip igmp snooping command is used to display the global
configuration of IGMP Snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of IGMP Snooping:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
251
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping
show ip igmp snooping interface
Description
The show ip igmp snooping interface command is used to display the port
configuration of IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
{ basic-config | filter | packet-stat }
show ip igmp snooping interface { fastEthernet port-list | gigabitEthernet
port-list } { basic-config | filter | packet-stat }
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the configuration of
all ports is displayed.
basic-config | filter | packet-stat —— The related configuration information
selected to display.
port-list —— The list group of Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP basic configuration of Fast Ethernet port 2:
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping interface fastEthernet 1/0/2 basic-config
Display the IGMP filter configuration of Fast Ethernet ports 2-4:
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping interface fastEthernet 1/0/2-4 filter
show ip igmp snooping vlan
Description
The show ip igmp snooping vlan command is used to display the VLAN
configuration of IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping vlan [vlan-id]
Parameter
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
252
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP snooping configuration information of VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping vlan 2
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
Description
The show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan command is used to display the
Multicast VLAN configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Multicast VLAN configuration:
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
show ip igmp snooping groups
Description
The show ip igmp snooping groups command is used to display the
information of all IGMP snooping groups. It can be extended to some other
commands to display the dynamic and static multicast information of a selected
VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [count | dynamic | dynamic
count | static | static count]
Parameter
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display the information of all multicast
items.
count—— The numbers of all multicast groups.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
253
dynamic—— Display dynamic multicast groups.
dynamic count—— The numbers of all dynamic multicast groups.
static—— Display static multicast groups.
static count—— The numbers of all static multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all IGMP snooping groups:
T2500-28TC#show ip igmp snooping groups
Display all the multicast entries in VLAN 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5
Display the count of multicast entries in VLAN 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5 count
show ip igmp snooping filter
Description
The show ip igmp snooping filter command is used to display the Multicast
Filter Address table.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping filter [filter-addr-id-list]
Parameter
filter-addr-id-list ——The multicast ID selected to display the multicast filter
address information. It is optional.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all the multicast filter address information:
T2500-28TC(config)#show ip igmp snooping filter
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
254
show ip igmp snooping querier vlan
Description
The show ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to display the
configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of the specified VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-list
Parameter
vlan-list ——The ID of the VLAN selected to display the configurations of IGMP
Snooping Querier. It is multi-optional.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of VLAN 2, 4 and 5:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2, 4-5
show ip igmp snooping querier
Description
The show ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to display the
IGMP Snooping Querier configurations of all VLANs.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of all VLANs:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ip igmp snooping querier
show ip igmp snooping interface authentication
Description
The show ip igmp snooping interface authentication command is used to
display the IGMP Snooping authentication configurations of all ports.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
255
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP Snooping authentication configurations of all ports:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ip igmp snooping interface authentication
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
256
Chapter 35 MLD Snooping Commands
MLD Snooping (Multicast Listener Discovery Snooping) is a multicast control mechanism running
on Layer 2 switch. It can effectively prevent multicast groups being broadcasted in the IPv6
network.
ipv6 mld snooping
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping command is used to enable MLD Snooping function
globally. If this function is disabled, all related MLD Snooping function would not
work. To disable this function, please use no ipv6 mld snooping command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping
no ipv6 mld snooping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable MLD Snooping:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping
ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time command is used to specify router
port aging time globally. The default aging time is 260 seconds. To restore the
default timer, please use no ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time timer
no ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time
Parameter
timer —— Specify the aging time in seconds, ranging from 1 to 1000.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
257
Example
Specify MLD Snooping router port aging time as 100 seconds globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping router-aging-time 100
ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time command is used to specify
member port aging time globally. The default aging time is 260 seconds. To
restore the default timer, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
member-aging-time command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time timer
no ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time
Parameter
timer —— Specify the aging time in seconds, ranging from 200 to 1000.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify MLD Snooping member port aging time as 100 seconds globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping member-aging-time 100
ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression command is used to enable the
Report message suppression function. By default, it is enabled. To disable this
function, please use no ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression
no ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Disable Report message suppression function:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
258
T2500-28TC(config)# no ipv6 mld snooping report-suppression
ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter command is used to enable the
unknown multicast packets filter function. To disable this function, please use no
ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter command. By default, it is disabled.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter
no ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable unknown multicast filter function:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping unknown-filter
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval command is used to
specify the interval to send Specific Query Message. The default value is 1
second. To restore the default interval, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
last-listener query-inteval command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval interval
no ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval to send Specific Query Message in seconds,
ranging from 1 to 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the interval of Specific Query Message to 3 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-inteval 3
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
259
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count command is used to specify
the numbers of Specific Query Message to be sent. The default value is 2. To
restore the default number, please use no ipv6 mld snooping last-listener
query-count command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count num
no ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count
Parameter
num —— Specify the numbers of Specific Query Message to be sent, ranging
from 1 to 7.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the number of Specific Query Message to 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping last-listener query-count 3
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan command is used to enable the
multicast VLAN function. To disable this function, please use no ipv6 mld
snooping multicast-vlan command. By default it is disabled.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan
no ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable multicast VLAN:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
260
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id command is used to specify
the multicast VLAN ID. The default multicast VLAN is VLAN1. To restore the
default VLAN, please use no ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id
command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id vid
no ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vid —— The specified IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify multicast VLAN as VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping multicast-vlan vlan-id 2
ipv6 mld snooping vlan
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan command is used to enable MLD Snooping
function on a specified VLAN. To disable it, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
vlan command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id ——The specified VLAN ID to enable MLD Snooping function, ranging
from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable MLD Snooping function on VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
261
ipv6 mld snooping vlan router-aging-time
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan router-aging-time command is used to specify
router port aging time for a specified VLAN. If this time is set to 0, then the
global router port aging time will be used. The default time is 0. To restore the
default timer, please use no ipv6 mld snooping vlan router-aging-time
command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id router-aging-time timer
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id router-aging-time
Parameter
vlan-id —— The specified IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
timer —— Aging time of the router port in seconds, ranging from 0 to 1000.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the router port aging time as 100 seconds in VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2 router-aging-time 100
ipv6 mld snooping vlan member-aging-time
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan member-aging-time command is used to specify
member port aging time for a specified VLAN. If this time is set to 0, then the
global member port aging time will be used. The default time is 0. To restore the
default timer, please use no ipv6 mld snooping vlan member-aging-time
command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id member-aging-time timer
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id member-aging-time
Parameter
vlan-id ——The specified IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
timer —— Aging time of the member port in seconds, ranging from 200 to 1000
and 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
262
Example
Specify the member port aging time as 100 seconds in VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2 member-aging-time 100
ipv6 mld snooping vlan immediate-leave
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan immediate-leave command is used to enable the
immediate leave function on a specified VLAN. To disable this funciton, please
use no ipv6 mld snooping vlan immediate-leave command. By default, it is
disabled.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
Parameter
vlan-id —— The specified IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID to enable the immediate leave
function, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable immediate leave function on VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2 immediate-leave
ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan mrouter command is used to configure the static
router port in a specified VLAN. To disable the static router port, please use no
mld snooping vlan mrouter command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter interface gigabitEthernet port
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter [interface gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
vlan-id ——The specified IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
port —— Interface number of the router port(s).
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
263
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the gigabitEthernet 1/0/2 as static router port in VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2 mrouter interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
ipv6 mld snooping vlan static
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping vlan static command is used to configure the static
multicast groups. To disable the static multicast group, please use no ipv6 mld
snooping vlan static command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id static ipv6_multicast_addr interface
gigabitEthernet port
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan vlan-id static ipv6_multicast_addr [interface
gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
vlan-id —— The multicast group VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
ipv6_multicast_addr —— IPv6 address of the static multicast group.
port —— Interface number of the member port(s).
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the static multicast group ff80::1234 in VLAN 2 with the member port
gigabitEthernet 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping vlan 2 static ff80::1234 interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan command is used to enable the MLD
Querier function. To disable this function, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
querier vlan command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
264
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— The VLAN that enables the MLD querier function, ranging from 1 to
4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable MLD Querier function on VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan max-response-time
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan max-response-time command is used to
specify the max response time of the Query message. The default value is 10
seconds. To restore the default value, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
querier vlan max-response-time command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id max-response-time time
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id max-response-time
Parameter
vlan-id —— The VLAN that enables the MLD Querier function, ranging from 1 to
4094.
time —— Specify the time in seconds, ranging from 1 to 25.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the max response time as 10s on VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2 max-response-time
10
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
265
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-interval
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-interval command is used to
specify the interval to send the Query Message. The default value is 25 seconds.
To restore the default value, please use no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan
query-interval command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id query-interval interval
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id query-interval
Parameter
vlan-id ——The VLAN that enables the MLD Querier function, ranging from 1 to
4094.
interval —— Specify the interval to send the Query message in seconds,
ranging from 2 to 300.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the interval to send the Query Message as 10s on VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2 query-interval 10
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-source
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-source command is used to
specify the source address which sends the Query message. The default value
is FE80::02FF:FFFF:FE00:0001. To restore the default value, please use no
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan query-source command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id query-source ipv6-addr
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan vlan-id query-source
Parameter
vlan-id —— IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
ipv6-addr —— Specify the IPv6 source address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
266
Example
Specify the source address which sends the Query message as fe80::1234 on
VLAN 2:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2 query-source
fe80::1234
ipv6 mld snooping filter(global)
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping filter command is used to configure the multicast
group filter entries in the format of ip-range. To disable the filter entry, please
use no ipv6 mld snooping filter command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping filter filter-id start-ipv6 end-ipv6
no ipv6 mld snooping filter filter-id
Parameter
filter-id —— Specify the filter ID, ranging from 1 to 30.
start-ipv6 —— Start IPv6 multicast address of the filter entry.
end-ipv6 —— End IPv6 multicast address of the filter entry.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create filter entry with filter ID as 2, start IP as ff80::1234 and end IP as
ff80::1235:
T2500-28TC(config)# ipv6 mld snooping filter 2 ff80::1234 ff80::1235
ipv6 mld snooping filter(interface)
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping filter command is used to enable the filter function on
the interface. To disable the filter function, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
filter command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping filter
no ipv6 mld snooping filter
Command Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
267
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable filter function on interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 mld snooping filter
ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode command is used to configure the filter
mode of the interface. The default mode is accept. To restore the default mode,
please use no ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode {accept | refuse}
no ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode
Parameter
accept —— Accept the multicast groups within the filter entry.
refuse —— Refuse the multicast groups within the filter entry.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the filter mode as refuse on interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 mld snooping filter-mode refuse
ipv6 mld snooping filter-id
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping filter-id command is used to specify the filter id on the
interface. To disable this configuration, please use no ipv6 mld snooping
filter-id command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping filter-id filter-list
no ipv6 mld snooping filter-id
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
268
Parameter
filter-list —— Specify the filter id list, in format of 1,3,10.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the filter id as 1 and 10 on interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 mld snooping filter-id 1,10
ipv6 mld snooping max-group
Description
The ipv6 mld snooping max-group command is used to specify the limit
number of groups for a port to join in. The default value is 256. To restore the
default value, please use no ipv6 mld snooping max-group command.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping max-group limit
no ipv6 mld snooping max-group
Parameter
limit —— Specify the max number of multicast groups on a port, ranging from 0
to 256.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the limit group as 128 on interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# ipv6 mld snooping max-group 128
clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics
Description
The clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics command is used to clear the statistics
of the MLD packets.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
269
Syntax
clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistics of the MLD packets:
T2500-28TC(config)# clear ipv6 mld snooping statistics
show ipv6 mld snooping
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping command is used to display the global
configuration of MLD Snooping.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of MLD Snooping:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping
show ipv6 mld snooping vlan
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping vlan command is used to display VLAN
information of MLD Snooping.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping vlan [vlan-id]
Parameter
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID selected to display, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
270
Example
Display all of the VLAN information:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping vlan
show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast command is used to display the
static multicast groups configured by users.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display static multicast groups:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping static-mcast
show ipv6 mld snooping group
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping group command is used to display multicast
groups.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping group [ dynamic | static ][ vlan vlan-id ]
Parameter
dynamic —— Display dynamic groups.
static —— Display static groups.
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all of the multicast groups:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping group
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
271
show ipv6 mld snooping filter
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping filter command is used to display the filter
entries.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping filter
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the filter entries:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping filter
show ipv6 mld snooping interface
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping interface command is used to display the
interface information of MLD Snooping.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping interface [ gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— Specify the port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all of the interface information:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping interface
show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter command is used to display the
filter ids bounded to the interface.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
272
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter [gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port —— Specify the port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all filter ids bounded to all interface:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping interface filter
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping querier command is used to display the Querier
configuration of VLAN.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping querier [vlan vlan-id]
Parameter
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all Querier information:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping querier
show ipv6 mld snooping statistics
Description
The show ipv6 mld snooping statistics command is used to display the
statistics of the MLD packets.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping statistics [interface gigabitEthernet port]
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
273
Parameter
port —— Specify the port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display statistics of MLD packets:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ipv6 mld snooping statistics
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
274
Chapter 36 SNMP Commands
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) functions are used to manage the network devices
for a smooth communication, which can facilitate the network administrators to monitor the
network nodes and implement the proper operation.
snmp-server
Description
The snmp-server command is used to enable the SNMP function. By default, it
is disabled. To return to the default configuration, please use no snmp-server
command.
Syntax
snmp-server
no snmp-server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SNMP function:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server
snmp-server view
Description
The snmp-server view command is used to add View. To delete the
corresponding View, please use no snmp-server view command. The OID
(Object Identifier) of the SNMP packets is used to describe the managed objects
of the switch, and the MIB (Management Information Base) is the set of the
OIDs. The SNMP View is created for the SNMP management station to manage
MIB objects.
Syntax
snmp-server view name mib-oid {include | exclude}
no snmp-server view name mib-oid
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
275
Parameter
name —— The entry name of View, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. Each
View can include several entries with the same name.
mib-oid —— MIB Object ID. It is the Object Identifier (OID) for the entry of View,
ranging from 1 to 61 characters.
include | exclude —— View Type, with “include” and “exclude” options. They
represent the view entry can/cannot be managed by the SNMP management
station individually.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a View named view1, configuring the OID as 1.3.6.1.6.3.20, and this OID
can be managed by the SNMP management station:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server view view1 1.3.6.1.6.3.20 include
snmp-server group
Description
The snmp-server group command is used to manage and configure the SNMP
group. To delete the corresponding SNMP group, please use no snmp-server
group command. SNMP v3 provides the VACM (View-based Access Control
Model) and USM (User-Based Security Model) mechanisms for authentication.
The users in the SNMP Group can manage the device via the Read View, Write
View and Notify View. And the authentication mode and the privacy mode
guarantee the high security for the communication between the management
station and the managed device.
Syntax
snmp-server group name [smode { v1 | v2c | v3 }] [slev { noAuthNoPriv |
authNoPriv | authPriv }] [read read-view] [write write-view] [notify notify-view]
no snmp-server group name smode { v1 | v2c | v3 } slev { noAuthNoPriv |
authNoPriv | authPriv }
Parameter
name ——The SNMP Group name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. The Group
Name, Security Model and Security Level compose the identifier of the SNMP
Group. These three items of the Users in one group should be the same.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
276
smode —— Security Model, with v1、v2c and v3 options. They represent
SNMP v1, SNMP v2c and SNMP v3.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv（no authorization and no encryption）、 authNoPriv
（authorization and no encryption） and authPriv（authorization and encryption）.
By default, the Security Level is noAuthNoPriv. There is no need to configure
this in SNMP v1 Model and SNMP v2c Model.
read —— Read-only view. The management access is restricted to read-only,
and changes cannot be made to the assigned SNMP View.
write —— Write-only view. The management access is writing only and
changes can be made to the assigned SNMP View. The View defined both as
the Read View and the Write View can be read and modified.
notify —— Notify view. The management station software can receive trap
messages of the assigned SNMP view generated by the Switch's SNMP agent.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
Add group 1, and configure the Security Model as SNMP v3, the security level
as authNoPriv, the management access to the assigned View viewDefault as
read-write, besides the trap messages sent by View viewDefault can be
received by Management station:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server group group1 smode v3 slev authNoPriv
read viewDefault write viewDefault notify viewDefault
Delete Group group 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#no snmp-server group group1 smode v3 slev authNoPriv
snmp-server user
Description
The snmp-server user command is used to add User. To delete the
corresponding User, please use no snmp-server user command. The User in
an SNMP Group can manage the switch via the management station software.
The User and its Group have the same security level and access right.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
277
Syntax
snmp-server user name { local | remote } group-name [smode { v1 | v2c | v3 }]
[slev { noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv }] [cmode { none | MD5 | SHA }]
[cpwd confirm-pwd] [emode { none | DES }] [epwd encrypt-pwd]
no snmp-server user name
Parameter
name —— User Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
local | remote —— User Type, with local and remote options. Local indicates
that the user is connected to a local SNMP engine, while remote indicates that
the user is connected to a remote SNMP engine.
group-name —— The Group Name of the User. The User is classified to the
corresponding Group according to its Group Name, Security Model and Security
Level.
smode —— The Security Model of the User, with v1, v2c and v3 options. By
default, the option is v1. The Security Model of the User must be the same with
that of the Group which the User belongs to.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv (no authorization and no encryption), authNoPriv
(authorization and no encryption) and authPriv (authorization and encryption).
By default, the option is noAuthNoPriv. The Security Level of the User must be
the same with that of the Group which the User belongs to.
cmode —— The Authentication Mode of the SNMP v3 User, with “none”,
“MD5” and “SHA” options. “None” indicates no authentication method is used,
“MD5” indicates the port authentication is performed via HMAC-MD5 algorithm
and “SHA” indicates the port authentication is performed via SHA (Secure Hash
Algorithm). SHA authentication mode has a higher security than MD5 mode. By
default, the Authentication Mode is “none”.
confirm-pwd —— Authentication Password, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
emode —— The Privacy Mode of the SNMP v3 User, with “none” and “DES”
options. “None” indicates no privacy method is used, and “DES” indicates DES
encryption method is used. By default, the Privacy Mode is none.
encrypt-pwd —— Privacy Password, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
278
Example
Add Local User admin to Group group2, and configure the Security Model of the
user as v3, the Security Level of the group as authPriv, the Authentication Mode
of the user as MD5, the Authentication Password as 11111, the Privacy Mode as
DES, and the Privacy Password as 22222:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server user admin local group2 smode v3 slev
authPriv cmode MD5 cpwd 11111 emode DES epwd 22222
snmp-server community
Description
The snmp-server community command is used to add Community. To delete
the corresponding Community, please use no snmp-server community
command. SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c adopt community name authentication.
The community name can limit access to the SNMP agent from SNMP network
management station, functioning as a password.
Syntax
snmp-server community name { read-only | read-write } mib-view
no snmp-server community name
Parameter
name —— Community Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
read-only | read-write —— The access rights of the community, with
“read-only” and “read-write” options.
mib-view —— The MIB View for the community to access.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add community public, and the community has read-write management right to
View viewDefault:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server community public read-write viewDefault
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
279
snmp-server host
Description
The snmp-server host command is used to add Notification. To delete the
corresponding Notification, please use no snmp-server host command. With
the Notification function enabled, the switch can initiatively report to the
management station about the important events that occur on the Views, which
allows the management station to monitor and process the events in time.
Syntax
snmp-server host ip udp-port user-name [ smode { v1 | v2c | v3 } ] [slev
{ noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv }] [type { trap | inform }] [retries retries ]
[timeout timeout ]
no snmp-server host ip user-name
Parameter
ip —— The IP address of the management Host. Both IPv4 and IPv6
addresses are supported, for example 192.168.0.100 or fe80::1234.
udp-port —— UDP port, which is used to send notifications. The UDP port
functions with the IP address for the notification sending. By default, it is 162.
user-name —— The User name of the management station.
smode —— The Security Model of the management station, with v1, v2c and
v3 options. By default, the option is v1.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv (no authorization and no encryption), authNoPriv
(authorization and no encryption) and authPriv (authorization and encryption).
By default, the option is “noAuthNoPriv”.
type —— The type of the notifications, with trap and inform options. Trap
indicates traps are sent, while inform indicates informs are sent. The inform type
has a higher security than the trap type and resend and timeout need to be
configured if you select this option. You can only select the trap type in Security
Model v1. By default, the type of the notifications is “trap”.
retries —— The amount of times the switch retries an inform request, ranging
from 1 to 255. The switch will resend the inform request if it doesn’t get the
response from the management station during the Timeout interval, and it will
terminate resending the inform request if the resending times reach the
specified Retry times.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
280
timeout —— The maximum time for the switch to wait for the response from
the management station before resending a request, ranging from 1 to 3600 in
seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a Notification entry, and configure the IP address of the management Host
as 192.168.0.146, the UDP port as 162, the User name of the management
station as admin, the Security Model of the management station as v2c, the type
of the notifications as inform, the maximum time for the switch to wait as 1000
seconds, and the retries time as 100:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server host 192.168.0.146 162 admin smode v2c
type inform retries 100 timeout 1000
snmp-server engineID
Description
The snmp-server engineID command is used to configure the local and remote
engineID of the switch. To restore to the default setting, please use no
snmp-server engineID command.
Syntax
snmp-server engineID { [local local-engineID] [remote remote-engineID] }
no snmp-server engineID
Parameter
local —— Local Engine ID for local clients. The Engine ID is a unique
alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the switch. Its length
ranges from 10 to 64 hexadecimal characters, which must be even number
meanwhile.
remote —— Remote Engine ID for the switch. The Engine ID is a unique
alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the remote device
which receives informs from the switch. Its length ranges from 10 to 64
hexadecimal characters, which must be even number meanwhile.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
281
Example
Specify the local engineID as 1234567890, and the remote engineID as
abcdef123456:
T2500-28TC(config)#snmp-server engineID local 1234567890 remote
abcdef123456
snmp-server traps snmp
Description
The snmp-server traps snmp command is used to enable SNMP standard
traps which include five types: linkup, linkdown, warmstart, coldstart, and
auth-failure. To disable the sending of SNMP standard traps, please use no
snmp-server traps snmp command.
Note:
The snmp-server traps snmp command without any parameter is used to
enable all the five types of traps. And the no snmp-server traps snmp
command without any parameter is used to disable all the five types of traps.
Syntax
snmp-server traps snmp [ linkup | linkdown | warmstart | coldstart |
auth-failure ]
no snmp-server traps snmp [ linkup | linkdown | warmstart | coldstart |
auth-failure ]
Parameter
linkup —— Enable the linkup trap. It is sent when port status changes from
linkdown to linkup. By default, it is enabled.
linkdown ——Enable the linkdown trap. It is sent when port status changes from
linkup to linkdown. By default, it is enabled.
warmstart —— Enable the warmstart trap. It is sent upon SNMP function reboot.
By default, it is enabled.
coldstart —— Enable the coldstart trap. It is sent upon switch reboot. By default,
it is enabled.
auth-failure —— Enable the auth-failure trap. It is sent when a received SNMP
request fails the authentication. By default, it is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
282
Example
Enable the linkup trap for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps snmp linkup
snmp-server traps security
Description
The snmp-server traps security command is used to enable SNMP security
traps which include four types: dhcp-filter, ip-duplicate, ip-mac-binding, and
port-access. To disable the sending of SNMP security traps, please use no
snmp-server traps security command.
Note:
The snmp-server traps security command without any parameter is used to
enable all the four types of traps. And the no snmp-server traps security
command without any parameter is used to disable all the four types of traps.
Syntax
snmp-server traps security [dhcp-filter | ip-duplicate | ip-mac-binding |
port-access ]
no snmp-server traps security [dhcp-filter | ip-duplicate | ip-mac-binding |
port-access ]
Parameter
dhcp-filter —— Enable the dhcp-filter trap. It is sent when the device receives a
DHCP packet from an untrusted port. By default, it is disabled.
ip-duplicate ——Enable the ip-duplicate trap. It is sent when another host uses
the switch's IP address. By default, it is disabled.
ip-mac-binding —— Enable the ip-mac-binding trap. It is sent when it receives a
packet from the host that does not match the entries in IP-MAC binding table. By
default, it is disabled. To view the IP-MAC binding table, please enter the show
ip source binding command.
port-access —— Enable the port-access trap. It is sent when some users try to
log on to the web management page via ports that have no authority. By default,
it is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
283
Example
Enable the dhcp-filter trap for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps security dhcp-filter
snmp-server traps link-status
Description
The snmp-server traps link-status command is used to enable SNMP link
status trap for the specified port. To disable the sending of SNMP link status trap,
please use no snmp-server traps link-status command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps link-status
no snmp-server traps link-status
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface gigabitEthernet / interface range
gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable SNMP link status trap for port 3:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
TL- SG3424P(config-if)# snmp-server traps link-status
snmp-server traps
Description
The snmp-server traps command is used to enable SNMP extended traps. To
disable the sending of SNMP extended traps, please use no snmp-server
traps command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps { bandwidth-control | cpu | flash | ipaddr-change | lldp |
loopback-detection | storm-control | spanning-tree | memory }
no snmp-server traps { bandwidth-control | cpu | flash | ipaddr-change | lldp |
loopback-detection | storm-control | spanning-tree | memory }
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
284
Parameter
bandwidth-control —— Enable bandwidth-control trap. It is sent when the rate
limit function is enabled and the bandwidth exceeds the predefined value.
cpu —— Allow CPU-related trap. It is sent when CPU usage exceeds the
predefined threshold. By default, the CPU usage threshold of the switch is 80%.
flash —— Enable flash trap. It is sent when flash is modified during operations
such as backup, reset, firmware upgrade, configuration import, etc.
ipaddr-change —— Enable ipaddr-change trap. It is sent when IP address is
changed such as user manually modifies the IP address or the switch obtains a
new IP address from DHCP.
lldp —— Enable LLDP trap. It is sent when the port’s neighbor changes.
loopback-detection —— Enable loopback-detection trap. It is sent when the
switch detects loopback or loopback is cleared.
storm-control —— Enable storm-control trap. It is sent when the multicast or
broadcast rate exceeds the predefined value.
spanning-tree —— Enable spanning-tree trap. It is sent when the port forwarding
status changes or the port receives TCN packet or packet with TC flag.
memory —— Enable memory trap. It is sent when memory usage exceeds 80%.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable SNMP extended bandwidth-control trap for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps bandwidth-control
snmp-server traps ddm
Description
The snmp-server traps ddm command is used to enable SNMP DDM traps.
DDM function is used to monitor the status of the SFP modules inserted into the
SFP ports on the switch.
To disable the sending of SNMP DDM traps, use no snmp-server traps ddm
command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps ddm [ temperature | voltage | bias_current | tx_power |
rx_power ]
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
285
no snmp-server traps ddm [ temperature | voltage | bias_current | tx_power |
rx_power ]
Parameter
temperature —— Enable DDM Temperature trap. It is sent when the DDM
temperature value exceeds the alarm threshold or warning threshold.
voltage —— Enable DDM Voltage trap. It is sent when the DDM voltage value
exceeds the alarm threshold or warning threshold.
bias_current —— Enable DDM Bias Current trap. It is sent when the DDM bias
current value exceeds the alarm threshold or warning threshold.
tx_power —— Enable DDM Tx Power trap. It is sent when the DDM Tx power
value exceeds the alarm threshold or warning threshold.
rx_power —— Enable DDM Rx Power trap. It is sent when the DDM Rx power
value exceeds the alarm threshold or warning threshold.
User guidelines
The snmp-server traps ddm command without any parameter is used to
enable all the types of DDM traps. And the no snmp-server traps ddm
command without any parameter is used to disable all the types of DDM traps.
For more instructions about the alarm threshold or warning threshold, refer to
Chapter 29 DDM Commands.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable all the SNMP DDM traps for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps ddm
snmp-server traps mac
Description
The snmp-server traps mac command is used to enable SNMP extended
MAC-address-related traps which include four types: new, full,
learn-mode-change and max-learned. To disable the sending of SNMP
extended MAC-address-related traps, please use no snmp-server traps mac
command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
286
Note:
The snmp-server traps mac command without any parameter is used to
enable all the four types of traps. And the no snmp-server traps mac
command without any parameter is used to disable all the four types of traps
Syntax
snmp-server traps mac [ new | full | learn-mode-change | max-learned ]
no snmp-server traps mac [ new | full | learn-mode-change | max-learned ]
Parameter
new —— Enable new MAC address trap. It is sent when the switch learns new
MAC address including dynamic address, static address and filter address.
full —— Enable MAC address table trap. It is sent when the MAC address table
is full.
learn-mode-change —— Enable MAC address learn-mode-change trap. It is
sent when MAC address learning mode of the switch changes.
max-learned —— Enable MAC address max-learned trap. It is sent when the
amount of learned MAC address reaches the limit which is configured in port
security module.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable all SNMP extended MAC address-related traps for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps mac
Enable new MAC address trap only for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps mac new
snmp-server traps vlan
Description
The snmp-server traps vlan command is used to enable SNMP extended
VLAN-related traps which include two types: create and delete. To disable this
function, please use no snmp-server traps vlan command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
287
Note:
The snmp-server traps vlan command without any parameter is used to
enable the both traps. And the no snmp-server traps vlan command without
any parameter is used to disable the the both traps.
Syntax
snmp-server traps vlan [ create | delete ]
no snmp-server traps vlan [create | delete ]
Parameter
create —— Enable VLAN-created trap. It is sent when new VLAN is created
successfully.
delete —— Enable VLAN-deleted traps. It is sent when VLAN is deleted
successfully.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable all SNMP extended VLAN-related traps for the switch：
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps vlan
Enable VLAN-created trap only for the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)# snmp-server traps vlan create
rmon history
Description
The rmon history command is used to configure the history sample entry. To
return to the default configuration, please use no rmon history command.
RMON (Remote Monitoring), basing on SNMP architecture, functions to monitor
the network. History Group is one of the commonly used RMON Groups. After a
history group is configured, the switch collects network statistics information
periodically, based on which the management station can monitor network
effectively.
Syntax
rmon history index interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
[ interval seconds ] [ owner owner-name ]
no rmon history index
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
288
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry, ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of
1-3,5.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
seconds —— The interval to take samplings from the port, ranging from 10 to
3600 in seconds. By default, it is 1800.
owner-name —— The owner of the history sample entry, ranging from 1 to 16
characters. By default, it is “monitor”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the sample port as 2 and the sample interval as 100 seconds for the
entry 1-3:
T2500-28TC(config)#rmon history 1-3 interface fastEthernet 1/0/2 interval
100 owner owner1
rmon event
Description
The rmon event command is used to configure the entries of SNMP-RMON
Event. To return to the default configuration, please use no rmon event
command. Event Group, as one of the commonly used RMON Groups, is used
to define RMON events. Alarms occur when an event is detected.
Syntax
rmon event index { [ user user-name ] [ description descript ] [ type {none |
log | notify | log-notify } ] [owner owner-name] }
no rmon event index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the event entry, ranging from 1 to 12. You can
only select one entry for each command.
user-name —— The name of the User to which the event belongs, ranging
from 1 to 16 characters. By default, it is “public”.
descript —— The description of the event, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. By
default, it is empty.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
289
type —— The event type, with “none”, “log”, “notify” and “both” options. “None”
indicates no processing, “log” indicates logging the event, “notify” indicates
sending trap messages to the management station, and “both” indicates logging
the event and sending trap messages to the management station.
owner-name —— The owner of the event entry, ranging from 1 to 16
characters. By default, it is “monitor”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the user name of entry 1, 2, 3 and 4 as user1, the description of the
event as “description1”, the type of event as log and the owner of the event as
“owner1”:
T2500-28TC(config)#rmon event 1-4 user user1 description description1
type log owner owner1
rmon alarm
Description
The rmon alarm command is used to configure SNMP-RMON Alarm
Management. To return to the default configuration, please use no rmon alarm
command. Alarm Group is one of the commonly used RMON Groups. RMON
alarm management allows monitoring the specific alarm variables. When the
value of a monitored variable exceeds the threshold, an alarm event is
generated, which triggers the switch to act in the set way.
Syntax
rmon alarm index interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port }
[ alarm-variable { drop | revbyte | revpkt | bpkt | mpkt | crc-lign | undersize |
oversize | fragment | jabber | collision | 64 | 65-127 | 128-511 | 512-1023 |
1024-10240 }] [ s-type { absolute | delta} ] [ rising-threshold r-hold ]
[ rising-event-index r-event] [ falling-threshold f-hold] [ falling-event-index
f-event] [ a-type {rise | fall | all} ] [ owner owner-name ] [ interval interval]
no rmon alarm index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the Alarm Management entry, ranging from 1
to 12, in the format of 1-3,5.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
290
port ——String for the port on which the Alarm entry acts, format as
module/slot/port, for example 1/0/24.
alarm-variable —— The alarm variable. By default, the option is drop.
s-type —— Sample Type, which is the sampling method for the selected
variable and comparing the value against the thresholds. There are two options,
absolute and delta. Absolute indicates comparing the values directly with the
thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. Delta indicates subtracting the
last sampled value from the current value, and then comparing the difference in
the values with the threshold. By default, the Sample Type is absolute.
r-hold —— The rising counter value that triggers the Rising Threshold alarm,
ranging from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 100.
r-event —— Rise Event, which is the index of the corresponding event which will
be triggered if the sampled value is larger than the Rising Threshold. It ranges
from 1 to 12.
f-hold —— The falling counter value that triggers the Falling Threshold alarm,
ranging from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 100.
f-event —— Fall Event, which is the index of the corresponding event which will
be triggered if the sampled value is lower than the Falling Threshold. It ranges
from 1 to 12.
a-type —— Alarm Type, with rise, fall and all options. Rise indicates that the
alarm event will be triggered when the sampled value exceeds the Rising
Threshold, fall indicates that the alarm event will be triggered when the sampled
value is under the Falling Threshold, and all indicates that the alarm event will be
triggered either the sampled value exceeds the Rising Threshold or is under the
Falling Threshold. By default, the Alarm Type is all.
owner-name —— The owner of the entry, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. By
default, it is monitor.
interval —— The alarm interval time, ranging from 10 to 3600 in seconds. By
default, it is 1800.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the ports of entries of 1-3 as Gi1/0/2, the owners as owner1 and the
alarm intervals as 100 seconds:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
291
T2500-28TC(config)#rmon alarm 1-3 interface fastEthernet 1/0/2 owner
owner1 interval 100
show snmp-server
Description
The show snmp-server command is used to display SNMP configuration
globally.
Syntax
show snmp-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display SNMP configuration globally:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server
show snmp-server view
Description
The show snmp-server view command is used to display the View table.
Syntax
show snmp-server view
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the View table:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server view
show snmp-server group
Description
The show snmp-server group command is used to display the Group table.
Syntax
show snmp-server group
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
292
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Group table:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server group
show snmp-server user
Description
The show snmp-server user command is used to display the User table.
Syntax
show snmp-server user
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the User table:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server user
show snmp-server community
Description
The show snmp-server community command is used to display the
Community table.
Syntax
show snmp-server community
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Community table:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server community
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
293
show snmp-server host
Description
The show snmp-server host command is used to display the Host table.
Syntax
show snmp-server host
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Host table:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server host
show snmp-server engineID
Description
The show snmp-server engineID command is used to display the engineID of
the SNMP.
Syntax
show snmp-server engineID
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the engineID:
T2500-28TC#show snmp-server engineID
show rmon history
Description
The show rmon history command is used to display the configuration of the
history sample entry.
Syntax
show rmon history [index]
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
294
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all history sample entries is
displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of all history sample entries:
T2500-28TC#show rmon history
show rmon event
Description
The show rmon event command is used to display the configuration of
SNMP-RMON Event.
Syntax
show rmon event [index]
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all SNMP-RMON enabled
entries is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Event configuration of entry1-4:
T2500-28TC#show rmon event 1-4
show rmon alarm
Description
The show rmon alarm command is used to display the configuration of the
Alarm Management entry.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
295
Syntax
show rmon alarm [index]
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all Alarm Management
entries is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the Alarm Management entry 1-2:
T2500-28TC#show rmon alarm 1-2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
296
Chapter 37 LLDP Commands
LLDP function enables network devices to advertise their own device information periodically to
neighbors on the same LAN. The information of the LLDP devices in the LAN can be stored by its
neighbor in a standard MIB, so it is possible for the information to be accessed by a Network
Management System (NMS) using S N M P.
lldp
Description
The lldp command is used to enable LLDP function. To disable the LLDP
function, please use no lldp command.
Syntax
lldp
no lldp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable LLDP function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)#lldp
lldp hold-multiplier
Description
The lldp hold-multiplier command is used to configure the Hold Multiplier
parameter. The aging time of the local information in the neighbor device is
determined by the actual TTL value used in the sending LLDPDU. TTL = Hold
Multiplier * Transmit Interval. To return to the default configuration, please use
no lldp hold-multiplier command.
Syntax
lldp hold-multiplier multiplier
no lldp hold-multiplier
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
297
Parameter
multiplier —— Configure the Hold Multiplier parameter. It ranges from 2 to 10.
By default, it is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify Hold Multiplier as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#lldp hold-multiplier 5
lldp timer
Description
The lldp timer command is used to configure the parameters about
transmission. To return to the default configuration, please use no lldp timer
command.
Syntax
lldp timer { tx-interval tx-interval | tx-delay tx-delay | reinit-delay reinit-delay |
notify-interval notify-interval | fast-count fast-count }
no lldp timer { tx-interval | tx-delay | reinit-delay | notify-interval | fast-count }
Parameter
tx-interval —— Configure the interval for the local device to transmit LLDPDU
to its neighbors. The value ranges from 5 to 32768 and the default value is 30
seconds.
tx-delay —— Configure a value from 1 to 8192 in seconds to specify the time
for the local device to transmit LLDPDU to its neighbors after changes occur so
as to prevent LLDPDU being sent frequently. By default, it is 2 seconds.
reinit-delay —— This parameter indicates the amount of delay from when
LLDP status becomes "disable" until re-initialization will be attempted. The value
ranges from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3.
notify-interval —— Specify the interval of Trap message which will be sent from
local device to network management system. The value ranges from 5 to 3600
and the default value is 5 seconds.
fast-count —— When the port's LLDP state transforms from Disable (or
Rx_Only) to Tx&Rx (or Tx_Only), the fast start mechanism will be enabled, that
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
298
is, the transmit interval will be shorten to a second, and several LLDPDUs will
be sent out (the number of LLDPDUs equals this parameter). The value ranges
from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Transmit Interval of LLDPDU as 45 seconds and Trap message to
NMS as 120 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#lldp timer tx-interval 45
T2500-28TC(config)#lldp timer notify-interval 120
lldp receive
Description
The lldp receive command is used to enable the designated port to receive
LLDPDU. To disable the function, please use no lldp receive command.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Fast Ethernet port 1 to receive LLDPDU:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#lldp receive
lldp transmit
Description
The lldp transmit command is used to enable the designated port to transmit
LLDPDU. To disable the function, please use no lldp transmit command.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
299
Syntax
lldp transmit
no lldp transmit
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Fast Ethernet port 1 to transmit LLDPDU:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#lldp transmit
lldp snmp-trap
Description
The lldp snmp-trap command is used to enable the port’s SNMP notification. If
enabled, the port will notify the trap event to network management system. To
disable the ports' SNMP notification, please use no lldp snmp-trap command.
Syntax
lldp snmp-trap
no lldp snmp-trap
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the SNMP notification for Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)#lldp snmp-trap
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
300
lldp tlv-select
Description
The lldp tlv-select command is used to configure TLVs to be included in
outgoing LLDPDU. To exclude TLVs, please use no lldp tlv-select command.
By default, All TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU.
Syntax
lldp tlv-select [port-description | system-capability | system-description |
system-name | management-address | port-vlan | protocol-vlan | vlan-name |
link-aggregation | mac-phy-cfg | max-frame-size | power | all]
no lldp tlv-select [port-description | system-capability | system-description |
system-name | management-address | port-vlan | protocol-vlan | vlan-name |
link-aggregation | mac-phy-cfg | max-frame-size | power | all]
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Exclude “management-address” and “port-vlan-id” TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing
from Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC(config-if)# no lldp tlv-select management-address port-vlan
lldp med-fast-count
Description
The lldp med-fast-count command is used to configure the number of the
LLDP-MED frames that will be sent out. When LLDP-MED fast start mechanism
is activated, multiple LLDP-MED frames will be transmitted based on this
parameter. The default value is 4. To return to the default configuration, please
use no lldp med-fast-count command.
Syntax
lldp med-fast-count count
no lldp med-fast-count
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
301
Parameter
count —— Configure the Fast Start Count parameter. It ranges from 1 to 10. By
default, it is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify Fast Start Count as 5:
T2500-28TC(config)# lldp med-fast-count 5
lldp med-status
Description
The lldp med-status command is used to enable the LLDP-MED feature for the
corresponding port. After the LLDP-MED feature is enabled, the port's Admin
Status will be changed to Tx&Rx. To disable the LLDP-MED feature for the
corresponding port, please use no lldp med-status command.
Syntax
lldp med-status
no lldp med-status
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the LLDP-MED feature for port 1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# lldp med-status
lldp med-tlv-select
Description
The lldp med-tlv-select command is used to configure LLDP-MED TLVs to be
included in outgoing LLDPDU for the corresponding port. To exclude
LLDP-MED TLVs, please use no lldp med-tlv-select command. By default, All
TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
302
Syntax
lldp med-tlv-select { [inventory-management] [location] [network-policy]
[power-management] [all] }
no lldp med-tlv-select { [inventory-management] [location] [network-policy]
[power-management] [all] }
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Exclude “network policy” and “inventory” TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing from port
1/0/2:
T2500-28TC(config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# no lldp med-tlv-select network-policy inventory-
management
lldp med-location
Description
The lldp med-location command is used to configure the Location Identification
TLV's content in outgoing LLDPDU of the port.
Syntax
lldp med-location { emergency-number identifier | civic-address [ [ language
language ] [ province-state province-state ] [ county county] [city city ] [ street
street ] [ house-number house-number ] [name name ] [ postal-zipcode
postal-zipcode ] [ room-number room-number ] [ post-office-box post-office-box ]
[ additional additional ] [ country-code country-code ] [ what { dhcp-server |
endpoint | switch } ] ] }
Parameter
emergency-number —— Emergency Call Service ELIN identifier, which is used
during emergency call setup to a traditional CAMA or ISDN trunk-based PSAP.
The length of this field ranges from 10 to 25 characters.
civic-address —— The civic address is defined to reuse the relevant sub-fields
of the DHCP option for civic Address based Location Configuration Information
as specified by IETF.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
303
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the civic address in the Location Identification TLV's content in
outgoing LLDPDU of port 1/0/2. Configure the language as English and city as
London:
T2500-28TC (config)# interface fastEthernet 1/0/2
T2500-28TC(config-if)# lldp med-location civic-address language English
city London
show lldp
Description
The show lldp command is used to display the global configuration of LLDP.
Syntax
show lldp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of LLDP:
T2500-28TC#show lldp
show lldp interface
Description
The show lldp interface command is used to display LLDP configuration of the
corresponding port. By default, the LLDP configuration of all the ports will be
displayed.
Syntax
show lldp interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
304
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP configuration of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC#show lldp interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
show lldp local-information interface
Description
The show lldp local-information interface command is used to display the
LLDP information of the corresponding port. By default, the LLDP information of
all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show lldp local-information interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP information of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC#show lldp local-information interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
show lldp neighbor-information interface
Description
The show lldp neighbor-information interface command is used to display
the neighbor information of the corresponding port. By default, the neighbor
information of all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
305
show lldp neighbor-information interface [fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the neighbor information of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC#show lldp neighbor-information interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
show lldp traffic interface
Description
The show lldp traffic interface command is used to display the LLDP statistic
information between the local device and neighbor device of the corresponding
port. By default, the LLDP statistic information of all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show lldp traffic interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP statistic information of Fast Ethernet port 1:
T2500-28TC#show lldp traffic interface fastEthernet 1/0/1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
306
Chapter 38 Cluster Commands
Cluster Management function enables a network administrator to manage the scattered devices in
the network via a management device. After a commander switch is configured, management and
maintenance operations intended for the member devices in a cluster is implemented by the
commander device.
cluster ndp
Description
The cluster ndp command is used to configure NDP globally. To disable this
function, please use no cluster ndp command. NDP (Neighbor Discovery
Protocol) is used to discover the information of the directly connected neighbor
devices to support cluster establishing. An NDP-enabled device sends NDP
packets regularly to neighbor devices as well as receives NDP packets from
neighbor devices. An NDP packet carries the aging time, which indicates the
period of the receiving devices to keep the NDP packet.
Syntax
cluster ndp
cluster ndp timer { [hello hello-time ] [aging aging-time] }
no cluster ndp
no cluster ndp timer { [hello hello-time ] [aging aging-time] }
Parameter
hello-time —— Hello Time, which is the interval to send NDP packets. Hello
Time ranges from 5 to 254 in seconds. By default, it is 60. Hello Time should be
smaller than Aging Time.
aging-time —— Aging Time, which is the period for the neighbor switch to keep
the NDP packets from this switch. Aging Time ranges from 5 to 255 in seconds.
By default, it is 180.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable NDP function globally, and configure Aging Time as 120 seconds, Hello
Time as 50 seconds:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
307
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ndp
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ndp timer hello 50 aging 120
cluster ntdp
Description
The cluster ntdp command is used to configure NTDP globally. To return to the
default configuration, please use no cluster ntdp command. NTDP (Neighbor
Topology Discovery Protocol) is used to collect the NDP information and
neighboring connection information of each device in a specific network range. It
provides the commander switch with the information of devices which can join
the cluster and collects topology information of devices within the specified hops.
Syntax
cluster ntdp
cluster ntdp timer { [interval-time time] [hop-delay value] [port-delay value] }
cluster ntdp hop hop-value
no cluster ntdp
no cluster ntdp timer { [interval-time time] [hop-delay value] [port-delay
value] }
no cluster ntdp hop hop-value
Parameter
time —— NTDP Interval Time, which is the interval to collect topology
information. NTDP Interval Time ranges from 1 to 60 in minutes. By default, it is 1.
hop-delay value —— NTDP Hop Delay, which is the time between the switch
receiving NTDP request packets and the switch forwarding NTDP request
packets for the first time. NTDP Hop Delay ranges from 1 to 1000 in
milliseconds. By default, it is 200.
port-delay value —— NTDP Port Delay, which is the time between the port
forwarding NTDP request packets and its adjacent port forwarding NTDP
request packets over. NTDP Port Delay ranges from 1 to 100 in milliseconds. By
default, it is 20.
hop-value —— NTDP Hops, which is the hop count the switch topology
collects. NTDP Hops ranges from 1 to 16. By default, it is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
308
Example
Enable NTDP function globally, and specify NTDP Hops as 5, NTDP Interval
Time as 30 minutes:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ntdp
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ntdp timer interval-timer 30
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ntdp hop 5
cluster explore
Description
The cluster explore command is used to enable the topology information
collecting function manually.
Syntax
cluster explore
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the topology information collecting function manually:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster explore
cluster
Description
The cluster command is used to configure cluster functions of a specified port.
To return to the default configuration, please use no cluster command.
Syntax
cluster [ndp { disable | enable }] [ntdp { disable | enable }]
no cluster
Parameter
ndp —— Enable/ Disable NDP function for the port. By default, it is enabled.
ntdp —— Enable/ Disable NTDP function for the port. By default, it is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet)
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
309
Example
Enable NDP and NTDP function for Fast Ethernet port 5:
T2500-28TC(config)#interface fastEthernet 1/0/5
T2500-28TC(config-if)#cluster ndp enable ntdp enable
cluster ip pool
Description
The cluster ip pool command is used to create a new cluster. If no specified
cluster name is set through cluster commander command, the newly created
cluster will enjoy the system default name “tplink-cluster”.
Syntax
cluster ip pool ip mask
Parameter
ip —— The cluster IP address pool.
mask —— The cluster IP address mask.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a cluster and configure its IP address pool as 192.168.10.1 –
192.168.0.254:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster ip pool 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0
cluster commander
Description
The cluster commander command is used to specify the cluster name, and
you can only specify the cluster name when you create the cluster. To delete a
cluster, please use no cluster commander command.
Syntax
cluster commander name
no cluster commander
Parameter
name —— The cluster name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
310
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the newly created cluster name as tp:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster commander tp
cluster manage
Description
The cluster manage command is used to configure the hold time and interval to
send handshake packets of the cluster. To return to the default configuration,
please use no cluster manage command.
Syntax
cluster manage [ holdtime hold-time | timer interval-time ]
no cluster manage [ holdtime | timer ]
Parameter
hold-time —— Hold Time, which is the time for the switch to keep the cluster
information. Hold Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds. It is 20 by default.
interval-time —— Interval Time, which is the interval to send handshake
packets. Interval Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds. It is 20 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Hold Time and Interval Time of the cluster as 50 seconds:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster manage holdtime 50
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster manage timer 50
cluster member
Description
The cluster member command is used to add member switch. To delete the
corresponding member, please use no cluster member command. The
add/delete operations of member switches should be implemented by the
commander switch according to the MAC address.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
311
Syntax
cluster member {mac-address mac-address}
no cluster member {mac-address mac-address}
Parameter
mac-address
——
The MAC address of the member switch desired to join in or
to be deleted from the cluster.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add the switch whose MAC address is 0e-3f-4g-5e-6d-7b to the cluster:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster member mac address 0e-3f-4g-5e-6d-7b
cluster candidate
Description
The cluster candidate command is used to specify the current switch as
candidate switch.
Syntax
cluster candidate
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the current switch as candidate switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster candidate
cluster individual
Description
The cluster individual command is used to specify the current switch as
individual switch.
Syntax
cluster individual
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
312
Example
Specify the current switch as individual switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#cluster individual
show cluster ndp
Description
The show cluster ndp command is used to display the NDP information.
Syntax
show cluster ndp [ interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ] ]
Parameter
port
——
Specify the Ethernet port number. The NDP information of all ports
will be displayed if the port number is not specified here.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global NDP information of the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#show cluster ndp
Display the NDP information of all the ports of the switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#show cluster ndp interface
show cluster ntdp
Description
The show cluster ntdp command is used to display NTDP configuration
information.
Syntax
show cluster ntdp [ interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port ] |
device-list ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the configuration
of all Fast / Gigabit Ethernet ports is displayed.
device-list —— To display the device table of NTDP.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
313
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global information of NTDP:
T2500-28TC#show cluster ntdp
Display the NTDP configuration of all Ethernet ports:
T2500-28TC#show cluster ntdp interface
Display the device table of NTDP:
T2500-28TC#show cluster ntdp device-list
show cluster
Description
When the current switch is Commander Switch, the show cluster command is
used to display the global configuration of Cluster.
Syntax
show cluster
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of Cluster:
T2500-28TC#show cluster
show cluster member
Description
The show cluster member command is used to display the member
information.
Syntax
show cluster member
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
314
Example
Display the member information:
T2500-28TC#show cluster member
show cluster manage role
Description
The show cluster manage role command is used to display the role of the
current switch.
Syntax
show cluster manage role
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the role of the current switch:
T2500-28TC(config)#show cluster manage role
show cluster neighbor
Description
The show cluster neighbor command is used to display the cluster’s neighbor
information.
Syntax
show cluster neighbor
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the cluster’s neighbor information:
T2500-28TC(config)#show cluster neighbor
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
315
Chapter 39 AAA Commands
AAA stands for authentication, authorization and accounting. This feature is used to authenticate
users trying to log in to the switch or trying to access the administrative level privilege.
Applicable Access Application
The authentication can be applied on the following access applications: Console, Telnet, SSH and
HTTP.
Authentication Method List
A method list describes the authentication methods and their sequence to authenticate a user. The
switch supports Login List for users to gain access to the switch, and Enable List for normal users
to gain administrative privileges.
RADIUS/TACACS+ Server
User can configure the RADIUS/TACACS+ servers for the connection between the switch and the
server.
Server Group
User can define the authentication server group with up to several servers running the same
secure protocols, either RADIUS or TACACS+. Users can set these servers in a preferable order,
which is called the server group list. When a user tries to access the switch, the switch will ask the
first server in the server group list for authentication. If no response is received, the second server
will be queried, and so on.
aaa enable
Description
The aaa enable command is used to enable the AAA function globally. To
disable the AAA function globally, please use the no aaa enable command. The
global AAA function is disabled by default.
Syntax
aaa enable
no aaa enable
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the AAA function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa enable
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
316
tacacs-server host
Description
The tacacs-server host command is used to configure a new TACACS+ server.
To delete the specified TACACS+ server, please use no tacacs-server host
command.
Syntax
tacacs-server host ip-address [ port port-id ] [ timeout time ] [ key { [ 0 ] string |
7 encryped-string } ]
no tacacs-server host ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the IP address of the TACACS+ server.
port-id —— Specify the server’s port number for AAA. By default it is 49.
time —— Specify the time in seconds the switch waits for the server’s response
before it times out. The time ranges from 1 to 9 seconds. The default is 5
seconds.
[ 0 ] string | 7 encrypted-string —— 0 and 7 are the encryption type. 0 indicates
that an unencrypted key will follow. 7 indicates that a symmetric encrypted key
with a fixed length will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0. “string” is the
shared key for the switch and the authentication servers to exchange messages
which contains 31 characters at most. The question marks and spaces are not
allowed. “encrypted-string” is a symmetric encrypted key with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. The key or
encrypted-key you configured here will be displayed in the encrypted form.
Always configure the key as the last item of this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
The TACACS+ servers you configured are added in the server group “tacacs” by
default.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
317
Example
Configure a TACACS+ server with the IP address as 1.1.1.1, TCP port as 1500,
timeout as 6 seconds, and the unencrypted key string as 12345.
T2500-28TC(config)# tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 port 1500 timeout 6 key
12345
show tacacs-server
Description
This show tacacs-server command is used to display the summary information
of the TACACS+ servers.
Syntax
show tacacs-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the TACACS+ servers:
T2500-28TC(config)# show tacacs-server
radius-server host
Description
The radius-server host command is used to configure a new RADIUS server.
To delete the specified RADIUS server, please use no radius-server host
command.
Syntax
radius-server host ip-address [ auth-port port-id ] [ acct-port port-id ]
[ timeout time ] [ retransmit number ] [ key { [ 0 ] string | 7 encrypted-string } ]
no radius-server host ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the IP address of the RADIUS server.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
318
auth-port port-id —— Specify the UDP destination port for authentication
requests. By default it is 1812.
acct-port port-id —— Specify the UDP destination port for accouting requests.
By deault it is 1813.
time —— Specify the time in seconds the switch waits for the server’s response
before it times out. The time ranges from 1 to 9 seconds. The default is 5
seconds.
number —— Specify the number of times a RADIUS request is resent to a
server if the server is not responding in time. By default it is 2 times.
[ 0 ] string | 7 encrypted-string —— 0 and 7 are the encryption type. 0 indicates
that an unencrypted key will follow. 7 indicates that a symmetric encrypted key
with a fixed length will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0. “string” is the
shared key for the switch and the authentication servers to exchange messages
which contains 31 characters at most. The question marks and spaces are not
allowed. “encrypted-string” is a symmetric encrypted key with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. The key or
encrypted-key you configured here will be displayed in the encrypted form.
Always configure the key as the last item of this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
The RADIUS servers you configured are added in the server group “radius” by
default.
Example
Configure a RADIUS server with the IP address as 1.1.1.1, authentication port
as 1200, timeout as 6 seconds, retransmit times as 3, and the unencrypted key
string as 12345.
T2500-28TC(config)# radius-server host 1.1.1.1 auth-port 1200 timeout 6
retransmit 3 key 12345
show radius-server
Description
This show radius-server command is used to display the summary information
of the RADIUS servers.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
319
Syntax
show radius-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the RADIUS servers:
T2500-28TC(config)# show radius-server
aaa group
Description
This aaa group command is used to create AAA server groups to group existing
TACACS+/RADIUS servers for authentication. This command puts the switch in
the server group subconfiguration mode.
To delete the corresponding AAA group, please use the no aaa group
command.
Syntax
aaa group { radius | tacacs } group-name
no aaa group { radius | tacacs } group-name
Parameter
radius | tacacs —— Specify the server group type as RADIUS or TACACS+.
group-name —— Specify the server group name.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a RADIUS server group with the name radius1:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa group radius radius1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
320
server
Description
This server command is used to add the existing server in the defined server
group. To remove the specified server from the server group, please use the no
server command.
Syntax
server ip-address
no server ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the server’s IP address.
Command Mode
Server Group Configuration Mode
Example
Create the RADIUS server 1.1.1.1 to RADIUS server group “radius1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa group radius radius1
T2500-28TC(aaa-group)# server 1.1.1.1
show aaa group
Description
This show aaa group command is used to display the summary information of
the AAA groups. All the servers in this group will be listed if you specify the
group name.
Syntax
show aaa group [ group-name ]
Parameter
group-name —— Specify the server group name.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the server groups:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
321
T2500-28TC(config)# show aaa group
aaa authentication login
Description
This aaa authentication login command is used to configure a login
authentication method list. A method list describes the authentication methods
and their sequence to authenticate a user. To delete the specified authentication
method list, please use the no aaa authentication login command.
Syntax
aaa authentication login { method-list } { method1 } [ method2 ] [ method3 ]
[ method4 ]
no aaa authentication login method-list
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the method list name.
method1, method2, method3, method4 —— Specify the authentication methods
in order. The next authentication method is tried only if the previous method
does not respond, not if it fails.
The preset methods include radius, tacacs, local and none. “radius” means the
RADIUS server group “radius”; “tacacs” means the RACACS+ server group
“tacacs”; “local” means local username database are used; “none” means no
authentication is used for login.
Users can aslo define new method with the aaa group command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
By default the login authentication method list is “default” with “local” as
method1.
Example
Configure a login authentication method list “list1” with the priority1 method as
radius and priority2 method as local:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa authenticaiton login list1 radius local
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
322
aaa authentication enable
Description
This aaa authentication enable command is used to configure a privilege
authentication method list. A method list describes the authentication methods
and their sequence to elevate a user’s privilege. To delete the specified
authentication method list, please use the no aaa authentication enable
command.
Syntax
aaa authentication enable { method-list } { method1 } [ method2 ] [ method3 ]
[ method4 ]
no aaa authentication enable method-list
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the method list name.
method1, method2, method3, method4 —— Specify the authentication methods
in order. The next authentication method is tried only if the previous method
does not respond, not if it fails.
The preset methods include radius, tacacs, local and none. “radius” means the
RADIUS server group “radius”; “tacacs” means the RACACS+ server group
“tacacs”; “local” means local username database are used; “none” means no
authentication is used for privilege elevation.
Users can aslo define new method with the aaa group command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
By default the enable authentication method is “default” with “none” as method1.
Example
Configure a privilege authentication method list “list2” with the priority1 method
as radius and priority2 method as local:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa authenticaiton enable list2 radius local
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
323
aaa authentication dot1x default
Description
This aaa authentication dot1x default command is used to configure an
802.1X authentication method list. A method list describes the authentication
methods for users’ login in 802.1X. To delete the default authentication method
list, please use the no aaa authentication dot1x default command.
Syntax
aaa authentication dot1x default { method }
no aaa authentication dot1x default
Parameter
method —— Specify the method name. Only RADIUS server group is supported,
and the default method is server group “radius”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the default 802.1X authentication method as “radius1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default radius1
aaa accounting dot1x default
Description
This aaa accounting dot1x default command is used to configure an 802.1X
accounting method list. To delete the default accounting method list, please use
the no aaa accounting dot1x default command.
Syntax
aaa accounting dot1x default { method }
no aaa accounting dot1x default
Parameter
method —— Specify the method name. Only RADIUS server group is supported,
and the default method is server group “radius”.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
324
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the default 802.1X accounting method as “radius1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# aaa accounting dot1x default radius1
show aaa authentication
Description
This show aaa authentication command is used to display the summary
information of the authentication login, enable and dot1x metheod list.
Syntax
show aaa authentication [ login | enable | dot1x ]
Parameter
login | enable | dot1x —— Specify the method list type.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the authentication method lists:
T2500-28TC(config)# show aaa authentication
show aaa accounting
Description
This show aaa accounting command is used to display the summary
information of the accounting metheod list.
Syntax
show aaa accounting [ dot1x ]
Parameter
dot1x —— Specify the method list type.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
325
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the default 802.1X accounting method list:
T2500-28TC(config)# show aaa accounting
line console
Description
The line console command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode
configure the console port to which you want to apply the authentication list.
Syntax
line console { linenum }
Parameter
linenum —— The number of users allowed to login through console port. Its
value is 0 in general, for the reason that console input is only active on one
console port at a time.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter the Console port configuration mode and configure the console port 0:
T2500-28TC(config)#line console 0
login authentication(console)
Description
The login authentication command is used to apply the login authentication
method list to the console port. To restore to the default authentication method
list, please use the no login authentication command.
Syntax
login authentication { method-list }
no login authentication
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
326
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the login method list on the console port. It is “default”
by default, which contains the method “local”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login authentication method list on the console port as “list1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# line console 0
T2500-28TC(config-line)# login authentication list1
enable authentication(console)
Description
The enable authentication command is used to apply the privilege
authentication method list to the console port. To restore to the default
authentication method list, please use the no enable authentication command.
Syntax
enable authentication { method-list }
no enable authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the enable method list on the console port. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “none”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the enable authentication method list on the console port as “list2”:
T2500-28TC(config)# line console 0
T2500-28TC(config-line)# enable authentication list2
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
327
line telnet
Description
The line telnet command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode
configure the telnet terminal line to which you want to apply the authentication
list.
Syntax
line telnet
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter the telnet terminal line configuration mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line telnet
login authentication(telnet)
Description
The login authentication command is used to apply the login authentication
method list to the telnet terminal line. To restore to the default authentication
method list, please use the no login authentication command.
Syntax
login authentication { method-list }
no login authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the login method list on the telnet terminal line. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “local”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login authentication method list on the telnet terminal line as
“list1”:
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
328
T2500-28TC(config)#line telnet
T2500-28TC(config-line)# login authentication list1
enable authentication(telnet)
Description
The enable authentication command is used to apply the privilege
authentication method list to the telnet terminal line. To restore to the default
authentication method list, please use the no enable authentication command.
Syntax
enable authentication { method-list }
no enable authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the enable method list on the telnet terminal line. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “none”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the enable authentication method list on the telnet terminal line as
“list2”:
T2500-28TC(config)#line telnet
T2500-28TC(config-line)# enable authentication list2
line ssh
Description
The line ssh command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode configure
the ssh terminal line to which you want to apply the authentication list.
Syntax
line ssh
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
329
Example
Enter the ssh terminal line configuration mode:
T2500-28TC(config)#line ssh
login authentication(ssh)
Description
The login authentication command is used to apply the login authentication
method list to the ssh terminal line. To restore to the default authentication
method list, please use the no login authentication command.
Syntax
login authentication { method-list }
no login authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the login method list on the ssh terminal line. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “local”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login authentication method list on the ssh terminal line as “list1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# line ssh
T2500-28TC(config-line)# login authentication list1
enable authentication(ssh)
Description
The enable authentication command is used to apply the privilege
authentication method list to the ssh terminal line. To restore to the default
authentication method list, please use the no enable authentication command.
Syntax
enable authentication { method-list }
no enable authentication
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
330
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the enable method list on the ssh terminal line. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “none”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the enable authentication method list on the ssh terminal line as
“list2”:
T2500-28TC(config)# line ssh
T2500-28TC(config-line)# enable authentication list2
ip http login authentication
Description
The ip http login authentication command is used to apply the login
authentication method list to users accessing through HTTP. To restore to the
default authentication method list, please use the no ip http login
authentication command.
Syntax
ip http login authentication { method-list }
no ip http login authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the login method list on the HTTP access. It is “default”
by default, which contains the method “local”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login authentication method list on the HTTP access as “list1”:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip http login authentication list1
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
331
ip http enable authentication
Description
The ip http enable authentication command is used to apply the privilege
authentication method list to users accessing through HTTP. To restore to the
default authentication method list, please use the no ip http enable
authentication command.
Syntax
ip http enable authentication { method-list }
no ip http enable authentication
Parameter
method-list —— Specify the enable method list on the HTTP access. It is
“default” by default, which contains the method “none”.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the enable authentication method list on the HTTP access as “list2”:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip http enable authentication list2
show aaa global
Description
This show aaa global command is used to display global status of AAA function
and the login/enable method lists of different application modules: console,
telnet, ssh and HTTP.
Syntax
show aaa global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the AAA function’s global status and each application’s method list:
T2500-28TC(config)# show aaa global
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
332
Chapter 40 DHCP Relay Commands
A DHCP Relay is a Layer 3 device that forwards DHCP packets between clients and servers.
DHCP Relay forward requests and replies between clients and servers when they are not on the
same physical subnet.
ip dhcp relay
Description
The ip dhcp relay command is used to enable DHC P R elay function globally.
To disable DHC P R elay function, please use no ip dhcp relay command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay
no ip dhcp relay
Command Mode
G lobal C onfiguration Mode
Example
Enable DHCP Relay function globally:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip dhcp relay
ip dhcp relay helper-address
Description
The ip dhcp relay helper-address command is used to specify the DHCP
server address. The switch will forward DHCP packets to the specified DHCP
server. To delete the server address, please use no ip dhcp relay
helper-address command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay helper-address ip-address [server-name]
no ip dhcp relay helper-address ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— DHCP Server address.
server-name ——Specify the DHCP Server name.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
333
Command Mode
G lobal C onfiguration Mode
Example
Add two DHCP Servers with IP addresses 192.168.2.1 and 192.168.3.1 to the
switch:
T2500-28TC (config)# ip dhcp relay helper-address 192.168.2.1
T2500-28TC (config)# ip dhcp relay helper-address 192.168.3.1
ip dhcp relay information option
Description
The ip dhcp relay information option command is used to enable option 82
support in DHCP Relay. To disable this function, please use no ip dhcp relay
information option command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information option
no ip dhcp relay information option
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable option 82 support in DHCP Relay:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip dhcp relay information option
ip dhcp relay information strategy
Description
The ip dhcp relay information strategy command is used to specify the
operation for the Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets from the Host. To
restore to the default option, please use no ip dhcp relay information strategy
command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information strategy { drop | keep | replace }
no ip dhcp relay information strategy
Parameter
drop | keep | replace ——The operations for Option 82 field of the DHCP
request packets from the Host. The default operation is keep.
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
334
drop: Discard the packet with the Option 82 field.
keep: Keep the Option 82 field in the packet.
replace: Replace the option 82 field with the system option defined by the switch.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the option 82 policy as replace to replace the Option 82 field with the
local parameter on receiving the DHCP request packet:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip dhcp relay information strategy replace
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id
Description
The ip dhcp relay information circuit-id command is used to specify the
custom circuit ID when option 82 customization is enabled. To clear the circuit
ID, please use no ip dhcp relay information circuit-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id circuitID
no ip dhcp relay information circuit-id
Parameter
circuitID —— Specify the circuit ID, ranging from 1 to 63 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the circuit ID as “TP-LINK”:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip dhcp relay information circuit-id TP-LINK
ip dhcp relay information remote-id
Description
The ip dhcp relay information remote-id command is used to specify the
custom remote ID when option 82 customization is enabled. To clear the remote
ID, please use no ip dhcp relay information remote-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information remote-id remoteID
no ip dhcp relay information remote-id
T2500-28TC
JetStream L2 Managed Switch CLI Guide
335
Parameter
remoteID —— Specify the remote ID, ranging from 1 to 63 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the remote ID as “TP-LINK”:
T2500-28TC(config)# ip dhcp relay information remote-id TP-LINK
show ip dhcp relay
Description
The show ip dhcp relay command is used to display the global status and
Option 82 configuration of DHCP Relay.
Syntax
show ip dhcp relay
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of DHCP Relay:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ip dhcp relay
show ip dhcp relay helper-address
Description
The show ip dhcp relay helper-address command is used to display the IP
address of the DHCP server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp relay helper-address
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IP address of the DHCP server:
T2500-28TC(config)# show ip dhcp relay helper-address